{"title":"Polishing Pads","description":"\u003ch2 id=\"speakable-headline\"\u003ePicking the right polishing pad by hardness and cell structure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote id=\"speakable-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does a polishing pad actually do? It carries the polish onto the paint, and through its material and hardness it decides how much you cut. Foam runs from a coarse sanding sponge to a soft finishing pad, wool cuts the hardest, microfibre sits in between. At Detailing1 you'll find pads from Koch-Chemie, SONAX, ZviZZer and Rupes.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp id=\"speakable-definition\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolishing pads\u003c\/strong\u003e are the working surface between machine and paint. They soak up the polish, pass the machine's pressure onto the panel, and through their material they decide how much clear coat you actually cut away. Foam pads cover everything from a coarse sanding sponge to a soft finishing pad; wool and microfibre cut beyond that. Without the right pad, even the best polish works below its potential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe pad shifts every polish by a grade.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same bottle cuts noticeably harder on a coarse foam pad than on a soft finishing pad. Keep a broad pad line-up and two polishes will cover the whole range, from scratch removal to a mirror finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA saturated pad stops cutting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Spent polish, removed clear coat and worn-down abrasive build up in the cells. After roughly one bonnet you hit the point where cut and result drop off and the pad just smears.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive to ten millimetres of overhang past the backing plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad has to sit proud of the plate all the way round so its hard edge never touches the paint. Get that wrong and you'll lay a mark into every body line that runs far deeper than the scratch you set out to remove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDay-to-day from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e We get a lot of questions about holograms that show up in raking light after the last pass, even though a soft finishing pad was on the machine. The polish is rarely the culprit. Nine times out of ten the pad had already run over half the side of the car and was saturated with cut, so it smeared the panel instead of finishing it. Brush the pad out after every panel with the machine running, and lay out several pads for each step. A fresh pad costs less than the extra pass you'd otherwise have to make.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe pad drives the cut more than the polish does\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCut comes from three things: the abrasive in the polish, the pressure pushing it into the paint, and the friction that builds up. Two of those three you control through the pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA firm, open-cell foam pad passes the machine's pressure onto the panel with almost no loss and holds the abrasive tight against the clear coat. A soft finishing pad cushions that same pressure, spreads it over more area and lets the abrasive glide across the surface rather than dig in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice that means the same polish turns into scratch removal on a sanding sponge and into a finish on a soft pad. Day to day, a pad swap moves a polish about one grade in either direction, and that's the spread you work with instead of buying a separate bottle for every job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is where most customers save money, from what we see. If you've already got a medium polish on the shelf, a coarse pad and a soft pad get you further than a second and third bottle. The \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/politur\"\u003epolishes\u003c\/a\u003e range is then your fine adjustment, the pad the coarse dial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe limit of that rule belongs in the picture too. A pad replaces no polish, it only shifts it. A pure finishing polish with very fine abrasive won't pull deep scratches out on a coarse foam pad; instead it drags a dull haze across the panel that you then have to work back off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reverse holds just as well. A cutting compound on a soft finishing pad cuts less but still leaves the marks of its coarse abrasive. Play one off against the other and you lose time. The combination decides it, and the order is always from the coarse pad to the fine one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCoarse, medium, fine — what the cell structure in the foam does\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery foam pad is polyurethane, and yet worlds lie between the coarsest and the finest. The difference sits in the cell structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCell structure means the size and openness of the air pockets in the foam. Coarse, open cells form a bulky lattice with lots of sharp ridges that hold the abrasive and drag across the paint like countless little scrapers as the pad spins. Fine, closed cells give an almost smooth, giving surface. Rule of thumb: the coarser the cells, the more scratch depth you pull out in one pass, and the more rework you're in for afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt the top end sits the abrasive sanding sponge for the first cut. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/koch-chemie-polierpad-heavy-cut-foam-pad-rot-2024\"\u003eKoch-Chemie Heavy Cut Foam Pad „Rot\"\u003c\/a\u003e is our best-selling pad here and belongs on weathered, deeply scratched paint where nothing happens without real cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe middle is where most cars actually get worked. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/koch-chemie-polierpad-one-cut-foam-pad-orange-2024\"\u003eKoch-Chemie One Cut Foam Pad „Orange\"\u003c\/a\u003e is built as a medium-hard all-rounder for the one-step pass, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/koch-chemie-polierpad-fine-cut-foam-pad-gelb-2024\"\u003eKoch-Chemie Fine Cut Foam Pad „Gelb\"\u003c\/a\u003e sits a grade below. On the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/a\u003e the same slot is simply called medium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt the fine end you've got the anti-hologram and finishing pads. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/koch-chemie-polierpad-micro-cut-soft-foam-pad-violett-2024\"\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad „Violett\"\u003c\/a\u003e lifts the last sanding marks out of dark paint, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/koch-chemie-polierpad-polish-sealing-foam-pad-gruen-2024\"\u003eKoch-Chemie Polish \u0026amp; Sealing Foam Pad „Grün\"\u003c\/a\u003e lays down finishing polishes and sealants without cutting any more itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOne warning on the colours, because it causes trouble again and again: there's no colour code across brands. Red is the coarsest pad at one maker and a finishing pad at the next. Never go by the colour of a pad from another series, go by the name. We often see paint lose substance for no reason right here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWool and microfibre when foam hits its limit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSome paint has even the coarsest foam sponge crawling. Hard clear coats off the German production line are among them, badly weathered panels too. That's when you switch material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA wool pad works nothing like foam. Instead of a closed surface, thousands of individual fibres stand up off the backing, and every fibre tip is its own contact point on the paint. Air runs through between the fibres the whole time. Day to day you feel it twice over: the cut climbs sharply, and the panel still stays cooler than under an equally coarse foam pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe price for that is the rework. Wool leaves its own sanding pattern that stays visible in raking light as a fine web of scratches. So a wool pass is always followed by at least one more step with foam, otherwise you'll see the result again in the first bit of sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMicrofibre pads are the newer compromise and were built for dual-action machines. Short, firm fibres on a foam core cut closer to wool but finish closer to foam. On big panels that saves you a whole step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTheir weakness is saturation. The fibre nap lies flat under heat and polish and clogs faster than any foam. A microfibre pad wants brushing out after every panel, otherwise it loses the very edge you bought it for within a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFelt plays in its own league and doesn't work on paint. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-filzpad-125-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FilzPad 125\u003c\/a\u003e is made for glass, where together with a glass polish it lifts wiper marks and fine etching out of the screen. On clear coat felt has no business — it's simply too hard there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA clogged polishing pad stops working\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA polishing pad has a limited take-up, and it's reached quicker than most expect. After that it works against you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhat gathers in the cells is a mix of three things: unspent polish, removed clear coat, and abrasive that's been ground down during polishing. This paste fills the open chambers from the inside until the pad surface goes smooth and greasy. In practice: the cut collapses, the panel smears instead of clearing, and the heat climbs because the pad can't breathe any more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe signs are clear once you know them. The polish spreads harder, the pad feels glassy rather than foamy to the touch, and a fine haze comes back in raking light that you'd only just cleared. By that point no further pass will save it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe interim clean takes twenty seconds. Hold the pad against a pad brush at low speed, or blow it out with compressed air, or press it firmly into a dry microfibre towel. From what we see, one clean per panel is enough with foam, with microfibre more like twice per panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the job the pads want washing, and soon. Cured polish you won't get out later. Lukewarm water, a mild cleaner, squeeze the pad out rather than wring it, because twisting pulls the foam off the hook-and-loop backing. Air-dry at room temperature, never on the radiator and never in the dryer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt some point even a well-kept pad is done. The tells are frayed edges, a permanently shiny working face, and a hook-and-loop backing that's lifting off the foam in one spot. A pad that no longer sits flat spreads the pressure unevenly and turns into a hologram source. We'd swap it out then rather than drag it through another season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSize, backing plate and the right overhang\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe diameter decides two things at once: how fast you clear a panel and how aggressively the pad works in one spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor bonnet, roof and doors, 125 and 150 millimetres are the standard sizes. They cover plenty of area per pass and run smoothly. For mirror caps, A-pillars, bumper edges and the area around door handles you need small pads around 75 or 80 millimetres, otherwise you can't even reach the spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere's a link here a lot of people underrate: the same pressure spreads over far less area on a small pad. A 75 mm pad cuts noticeably harder with the same polish than a 150 mm one and also heats up faster. On narrow parts that's what you want; on a big panel you'll burn spots in with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe backing plate is the link to the machine and often gets bought as an afterthought. It has to be smaller than the pad — five to ten millimetres of overhang all round is the proven figure. Let the plate stand proud and its hard edge meets the paint on the first curve, and that damage runs deeper than anything you were about to polish out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCentring matters just as much. A pad sitting crooked on the hook-and-loop throws the machine off balance, sends vibration into your wrist and cuts more on one side than the other. Set the pad on dead centre before every change and turn it through once by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine sets the frame. Long-throw dual-action machines stall under pads that are too big; small pads there need a matching small plate so the throw runs clean at all. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rupes-d-a-intermediate-polierpad-schleifschwamm\"\u003eRupes „D-A\" Intermediate (9.DA Series B)\u003c\/a\u003e, for instance, is matched to exactly this machine family. Which machine runs which throw is listed under \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/poliermaschinen\"\u003epolishers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich polishing pad fits your step\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThree questions get you the answer: how deep the defects sit, how hard the clear coat is, and which machine you're on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor light wash marks and dull gloss on a well-kept car, one pass does it. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/koch-chemie-polierpad-one-cut-foam-pad-orange-2024\"\u003eKoch-Chemie One Cut Foam Pad „Orange\"\u003c\/a\u003e is built for that and delivers cut and finish in a single step. If you're staying in the SONAX system, grab the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/a\u003e for the same job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor deeper scratches, weathering or a hard clear coat it runs over two steps. First the coarse cut with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/koch-chemie-polierpad-heavy-cut-foam-pad-rot-2024\"\u003eKoch-Chemie Heavy Cut Foam Pad „Rot\"\u003c\/a\u003e, then the anti-hologram pad. On dark paint that shows every mark, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/koch-chemie-polierpad-micro-cut-soft-foam-pad-violett-2024\"\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad „Violett\"\u003c\/a\u003e is the second step; on hard paint you reach for the hard version of the same pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf a sealant's coming at the end, you need a pad that no longer cuts. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/koch-chemie-polierpad-polish-sealing-foam-pad-gruen-2024\"\u003eKoch-Chemie Polish \u0026amp; Sealing Foam Pad „Grün\"\u003c\/a\u003e spreads finishing polish and sealant evenly and leaves the freshly polished surface alone. A hard pad here undoes the last hour's work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf it's your first time machine polishing, our advice is uncomfortable and right anyway: buy several pads of one hardness rather than one of each. On your first car a side takes longer than planned, and in that time a single pad saturates for sure. With a stack of matching pads the result stays consistent across the whole car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat leaves the timing. You don't polish by the calendar but when scratches bother you in raking light, and always only after a full decon. An iron particle under the pad turns into a router and drags a mark clean across the panel. The full run from wash to sealant is under \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polieren\"\u003ePolishing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnd if you're after how it all works together: the matching abrasives are under \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/politur\"\u003epolishes\u003c\/a\u003e, the drives under \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/poliermaschinen\"\u003epolishers\u003c\/a\u003e, the overview of all three building blocks under \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polieren\"\u003ePolishing\u003c\/a\u003e. Of those, the pad is the part you change most often and take seriously least.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"koch-chemie-micro-cut-pad-violett-polierpad-schleifschwamm","title":"Micro-Cut Pad \"Violet\" Polishing Pad Foam Cutting Pad","description":"\u003cp\u003eA high-grade specialist foam pad for taking out light scratches, holograms and polishing marks with Micro Cut M3.02 and Micro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01. The low 23mm profile means lower torsional forces, very tidy handling and rock-solid stability. The special foam density holds its compression hardness through a long polishing pass. The optimised reticulation (open-cell structure) and cell count feed into a lasting high-gloss finish and very good hygiene. The bevelled edge gives the pad more flex so it follows contours better. The coloured backing, matched to the polish, keeps the process foolproof. Compression hardness: 10. Cut: 5.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koch-Chemie","offers":[{"title":"Ø150mm","offer_id":48867600171343,"sku":"D1-KCX-999585","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø126mm","offer_id":48867600204111,"sku":"D1-KCX-999584","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø76mm","offer_id":48867600236879,"sku":"D1-KCX-999583","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø45mm","offer_id":48867600269647,"sku":"D1-KCX-999612","price":34.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/MicroCutPads__1715068495.png?v=1715115471"},{"product_id":"rupes-d-a-fine-polierpad-schleifschwamm","title":"\"D-A\" Fine (9.DA Series M) Polishing Foam Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Fine Polishing Foam Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Fine polishing foam pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most versatile pad in the BigFoot range from RUPES. It pulls defects out effectively and leaves a high-gloss finish on most paints. Run it with RUPES DA-FINE polish for moderate to fine defect removal, paint refinement, or as the last step after a heavier compound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility\u003c\/strong\u003e: works with most paint types and polishers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective defect removal\u003c\/strong\u003e: pulls out moderate to fine scratches and leaves a deep gloss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWider use\u003c\/strong\u003e: now runs on gear-driven orbital machines too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA versatile pad for any job\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Fine polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e has a name for being versatile. It is not just for DA-FINE polish — it runs on a range of machines, from the BigFoot series to gear-driven orbitals. That makes it a pad no detailer wants to be without.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEffective defect removal and a high-gloss finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to the special foam of the \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Fine polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e, moderate to fine defects come out efficiently. What is left is a smooth, high-gloss surface that puts the shine back into any car. Perfect as the last polishing step after a heavier compound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA wider range of uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad's new, brighter yellow does not just bring fresh air into the workshop, it also widens what the pad can do. You can now run it on dual action machines as well as gear-driven orbitals. That flexibility makes it an all-rounder for any kind of polishing work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"Ø 180mm","offer_id":49230333477199,"sku":"D1-RUP-DA180M","price":16.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø150mm","offer_id":49230333509967,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA150M","price":15.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 100mm","offer_id":49230333542735,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA100M","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 70mm","offer_id":49230336590159,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA70M\/4","price":35.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 40mm","offer_id":49230336622927,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA40M\/6","price":33.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/D-A-fine-polishing-pasd-for-dual-action-flow-pack.jpg?v=1719913191"},{"product_id":"rupes-d-a-intermediate-polierpad-schleifschwamm","title":"\"D-A\" Intermediate (9.DA Series B) Polishing Foam Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Intermediate – Polishing Foam Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Intermediate polishing foam pad\u003c\/strong\u003e fills the gap in the RUPES D-A line and sits right between the yellow D-A FINE pad and the blue D-A COARSE pad. It's the most versatile pad in the BigFoot range and you can run it with several RUPES polishes: D-A COARSE, D-A FINE, UNO ADVANCED and UNO PROTECT. Paired with the blue RUPES D-A COARSE polish, this pad has the cut to pull heavy defects out of a wide range of painted and hard surfaces. With the yellow RUPES D-A FINE polish it takes out moderate to fine defects and leaves a high-gloss finish. The advanced foam formula really comes into its own when you combine it with UNO PROTECT or UNO ADVANCED for the final polish and for laying down a durable layer of protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility\u003c\/strong\u003e: works with several RUPES polishes, so you have an answer for every polishing job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e: removes heavy as well as moderate defects and leaves a high-gloss finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced formula\u003c\/strong\u003e: foam that shines on the final polish and the protection step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCutting power for heavy defects\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Intermediate polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is your go-to for pulling heavy defects out of all kinds of surfaces. Team it with the blue RUPES D-A COARSE polish and this pad shows what it's really made of. Deeper scratches and oxidation come out without a fight, so the paint on your car looks like new again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHigh-gloss finish on moderate defects\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you want to take out moderate to fine defects and land a high-gloss finish in the same pass, the Rupes \"D-A\" Intermediate polishing pad with the yellow RUPES D-A FINE polish is the pick. It leaves a flawless surface and sets your car up perfectly for the protective layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFinal polish and protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe real strength of the \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Intermediate polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e shows up with UNO PROTECT or UNO ADVANCED. This pad doesn't just polish beautifully, it also helps build a durable layer of protection that keeps your paint safe from the elements long-term. So your car doesn't just gloss up, it stays protected too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"Ø 180mm","offer_id":49230598340943,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA180B","price":16.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø150mm","offer_id":49230598373711,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA150B","price":15.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 100mm","offer_id":49230598439247,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA100B","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 70mm","offer_id":49230598472015,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA70B\/4","price":35.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 40mm","offer_id":49230598504783,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA40B\/6","price":33.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/D-A-intermediate-polishing-pasd-for-dual-action-180B_side-1.jpg?v=1719915064"},{"product_id":"rupes-d-a-coarse-wool-wolle-polierpad-schleifschwamm-blau","title":"\"D-A\" Coarse Wool (9.NW Series H) Wool Polishing Pad Blue","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse Wool – Wool Polishing Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe new \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse Wool wool polishing pads\u003c\/strong\u003e in blue are built for DA polishers and chew straight through heavy paint defects. The blue foam backing is both firmer and denser, so more of the machine's movement actually reaches the panel — and that means more cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerious cut\u003c\/strong\u003e: the dual fibre lengths plus the firm foam backing push the cut as far as it goes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefects gone fast\u003c\/strong\u003e: built to pull heavy paint defects out quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter machine transfer\u003c\/strong\u003e: the dense foam carries the polishing movement straight into the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaximum cut from Dual Density technology\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse Wool wool polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e runs a Dual Density wool face. Two different fibre lengths work together and hold the balance between raw cut and finish quality. You take out even nasty paint defects and still come off the panel with something that already looks good.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSolid build for pro results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blue foam backing on the \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse Wool wool polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is there to hand the machine's movement over to the panel with as little loss as possible. That firmness and density give you control and speed, which is what gets you pro results without fighting the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMore versatile than it looks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse Wool wool polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e was made for heavy defect removal, but the way it's built gives you a surprisingly tidy finish on top. That makes it a proper all-rounder in the detailing kit — happy on the rough stage, and still usable when you dial the work back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"160mm O.D.","offer_id":49230745141583,"sku":"D1-RUP-9NW160H","price":25.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 130mm","offer_id":49230745174351,"sku":"D1-RUP-9NW130H","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 80mm","offer_id":49230745207119,"sku":"D1-RUP-9NW80H","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/D-A_NW_Woll-COARSE-FlowPack-Bianco.jpg?v=1719917416"},{"product_id":"rupes-d-a-medium-wool-wolle-polierpad-schleifschwamm-gelb","title":"\"D-A\" Medium Wool (9.NW Series M) Wool Polishing Pad Yellow","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Medium Wool — Wool Polishing Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Medium Wool — wool polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e in yellow is the pad to grab for dual-action tools when you want to pull moderate paint defects out. These pads sit on a yellow foam layer that gives you flex and control across curves and contours, plus a soft backing that sharpens the finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoads of flex:\u003c\/strong\u003e the yellow foam layer hugs curves and contours perfectly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal defect removal:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 15 mm fibres shift moderate paint defects with no fuss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean finishing:\u003c\/strong\u003e the soft backing behind the yellow foam lays down an even finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFlex and control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe yellow foam layer on the \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Medium Wool polishing pads\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you standout flex and control. That really pays off once you hit curves and contours: the foam lets the pad follow the machine's movement, so you cut defects precisely instead of skating over them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReal defect removal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith an even 15 mm fibre length right across the face of the pad, the \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Medium Wool polishing pads\u003c\/strong\u003e are an efficient way to clear moderate paint defects. The soft, flexible wool does the work without chewing up the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClean finishing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair the soft wool with a gentle yellow foam layer and the \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Medium Wool polishing pads\u003c\/strong\u003e leave a great finish behind. The soft backing helps you land an even, flawless result on all sorts of surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"160mm O.D.","offer_id":49230973993295,"sku":"D1-RUP-9NW160M","price":25.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 130mm","offer_id":49230974026063,"sku":"D1-RUP-9NW130M","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 80mm","offer_id":49230974058831,"sku":"D1-RUP-9NW80M","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/D-A_NW_Woll-MEDIUM-FlowPack-Bianco.jpg?v=1719917901"},{"product_id":"rupes-d-a-ultra-fine-polierpad-schleifschwamm","title":"\"D-A\" Ultra Fine (9.DA Series S) Polishing Foam Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Ultra Fine (9.DA Series S) Polishing Foam Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Ultra Fine Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for an ultra-high-gloss finish and for polishing sensitive paint. It gets the best out of dual-action polishers and is ideal for pulling out light defects and laying down sealants or waxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-tier gloss:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gets you mirror-like results on soft paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with a range of dual-action polishers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGentle yet effective:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spot-on for sensitive surfaces, no holograms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eUltra-high-gloss results\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Ultra Fine Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers exceptionally high-gloss results on even the most delicate paint. Thanks to its special foam blend and optimised profile, fine scratches and holograms get pulled out efficiently. This pad is a must-have for detailers chasing a flawless high-gloss finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVersatile uses\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pad was designed to work with a range of dual-action polishers. It hugs the car's contours nicely and makes polishing even the awkward, hard-to-reach spots easier. It isn't just for paint correction either — you can also use it to lay down sealants and waxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpot-on control and stability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced distance to the working surface and the improved stability give you precise control throughout the polish. The clever material blend keeps pad deformation to a minimum and spreads the polish evenly, so you get a consistent finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"Ø 150\/180mm","offer_id":49268489486671,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA180S","price":16.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 130\/150mm","offer_id":49268489519439,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA150S","price":15.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 80\/100mm","offer_id":49268489552207,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA100S","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 50\/70mm","offer_id":49268489584975,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA70S\/4","price":35.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 30\/40mm","offer_id":49268489617743,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA40S\/6","price":33.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/D-A-ultra-fine-polishing-pasd-for-dual-action-flow-pack.jpg?v=1720383079"},{"product_id":"rupes-d-a-coarse-polierpad-schleifschwamm","title":"\"D-A\" Coarse (9.DA Series H) Polishing Foam Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse (9.DA Series H) Polishing Foam Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e from the 9.DA Series H is built for dual-action and forced-rotation polishers. It pulls light to heavy paint defects out with ease thanks to its unique open-cell foam. Pair it with the \u003cstrong\u003eRupes DA-COARSE polish\u003c\/strong\u003e and you get a real lift in both cutting and finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop cutting power\u003c\/strong\u003e: clears scratches and defects fast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong life\u003c\/strong\u003e: a new foam blend that holds up longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility\u003c\/strong\u003e: works with a range of polishers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSerious cut for any polish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you cutting power you can feel. It is built to get the most out of dual-action and forced-rotation polishers. This is the pad detailers reach for when they want scratches and paint defects gone quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSmart foam design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special foam blend of the \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e means better durability and steadier performance. The open-cell foam sheds heat better and lets you run longer polishing cycles, so the pad simply lasts longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVersatile and compatible\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e plays nice with a whole range of polishers, dual-action and forced-rotation alike. That flexibility across different systems makes it a pad no serious detailer wants to be without.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"Ø 180mm","offer_id":49268510294351,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA180H","price":16.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø150mm","offer_id":49268510327119,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA150H","price":15.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 100mm","offer_id":49268510359887,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA100H","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 70mm","offer_id":49268510392655,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA70H\/4","price":35.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 40mm","offer_id":49268510425423,"sku":"D1-RUP-9DA40H\/6","price":33.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/D-A-coarse-polishing-pasd-for-dual-action-flow-pack.jpg?v=1720384149"},{"product_id":"rupes-d-a-ultra-fine-mikrofaser-polierpad","title":"\"D-A\" Ultra Fine (9.MF Series S) Microfibre Polishing Pad White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eThe ultimate tool for a flawless finish is the Rupes \"D-A\" Ultra Fine (9.MF Series S) microfibre pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rupes \u003cstrong\u003eD-A Ultra Fine microfibre pad\u003c\/strong\u003e in white, from the 9.MF Series S, is built to push cutting power for finishing on hard clears. This pad pairs a one-off microfibre polishing material with an ultra-soft foam interface to get the most defect removal out of ultra-fine polishes like the RUPES UNO Pure, while laying down an even, clear finish on medium-hard to hard clearcoats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore defect-removal power:\u003c\/strong\u003e the pad boosts how effective ultra-fine polishes are, for a flawless surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrofibre plus soft foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e this combo gives you a gentle but effective cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with RUPES UNO Protect:\u003c\/strong\u003e removes moderate defects, polishes the surface and leaves a protective polymer layer in one step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA perfect finish with microfibre tech\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eD-A Ultra Fine microfibre pad\u003c\/strong\u003e from Rupes is the tool you reach for when you’re finishing hard clears. The microfibre face pulls defects efficiently, while the soft foam core keeps the pressure spread evenly. What you get is a flawless, mirror-like gloss without hammering the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaximum versatility for all kinds of polishing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re on hard or medium-hard clearcoats, the Rupes D-A Ultra Fine pad keeps delivering top results. Paired with RUPES UNO Pure polish, cutting power is maxed out and defects get pulled cleanly. With RUPES UNO Protect polish you can knock out moderate defects and lay down a protective polymer layer at the same time – all in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEasy to use, easy to pair\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pad is made for every common dual-action polisher, including the RUPES BigFoot range. The 130mm size fits neatly on most standard machines and handles easily while giving you full performance. The white microfibre face keeps a clear view of the panel you’re working, so you can dial in a precise pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"160mm O.D.","offer_id":49268542832975,"sku":"D1-RUP-9MF160S","price":18.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 130mm","offer_id":49268542865743,"sku":"D1-RUP-9MF130S","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 80mm","offer_id":49268542898511,"sku":"D1-RUP-9MF80S","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/mf-ultrafine-microfiber-pad.jpg?v=1720384681"},{"product_id":"rupes-d-a-fine-mikrofaser-polierpad-gelb","title":"\"D-A\" Fine (9.MF Series M) Microfibre Polishing Pad Yellow","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes D-A Fine (9.MF Series M) Microfibre Polishing Pad Yellow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes D-A Fine (9.MF Series M) microfibre polishing pads\u003c\/strong\u003e in yellow are the pad to grab when you’re cutting medium to hard clear coats. They pair a unique microfibre face with a soft foam layer, so you pull defects out cleanly and leave a consistent, crisp finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective defect removal\u003c\/strong\u003e: the microfibre face steps up the cutting power and clears medium defects without a fight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrisp finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: made for finishing work, the pads leave an even, clear finish on medium to hard paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile use\u003c\/strong\u003e: works with a range of dual action machines and comes in several sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVersatility and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes D-A Fine microfibre polishing pads\u003c\/strong\u003e are built for every dual action machine out there. They come in several sizes to match whatever the job throws at you, and they really shine on finishing work. They pull their weight best alongside \u003cstrong\u003eRupes UNO Protect\u003c\/strong\u003e — you don’t just knock out defects, you refine the surface and lay down a lasting polymer layer in the same pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpot-on results on medium to hard clear coats\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pads are right at home on medium to hard clear coats. The clever microfibre material, backed by that soft foam layer, lets you keep the bite in check and still land a top-shelf finish. They’re made for finishing and give you the same solid result every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility and alternatives\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes D-A Fine microfibre polishing pads\u003c\/strong\u003e play nicely with loads of Rupes machines, including the Bigfoot Duetto LHR12E and the Bigfoot Mini LHR75E. For anything the job asks of you, Rupes also offers alternatives like the \u003cstrong\u003eD-A Coarse Microfibre Extreme Cut Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eD-A Ultra-fine Microfibre Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e, each cut out for its own specific work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"160mm O.D.","offer_id":49268575928655,"sku":"D1-RUP-9MF160M","price":18.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 130mm","offer_id":49268575961423,"sku":"D1-RUP-9MF130M","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 80mm","offer_id":49268575994191,"sku":"D1-RUP-9MF80M","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/mf-fine-microfiber-pad.jpg?v=1720385362"},{"product_id":"rupes-d-a-coarse-mikrofaser-polierpad-blau","title":"\"D-A\" Coarse (9.MF Series H) Microfibre Polishing Pad Blue","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse (9.MF Series H) Microfibre Polishing Pad Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse Microfibre Polishing Pad Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for extreme cutting. It pulls out serious defects, sanding marks and scratches on hard paints and flat panels fast. The high-grade microfibre gives you maximum bite and clean results when you run it on Dual-Action polishers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective defect removal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cuts through heavy defects and scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-grade materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated microfibre for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for hard paints and flat panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExtreme cutting power for flawless results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse Microfibre Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is a must-have for pro detailers and enthusiasts alike. With its extreme cut it clears even heavy defects like sanding marks and deep scratches. The purpose-built microfibre keeps the polish even and efficient, so you get flawless results across all hard paints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTop quality for maximum performance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing high-grade materials makes this pad a long-lasting, reliable tool. The dense microfibre structure spreads the polish evenly and holds steady performance right through the job. This pad is made to take the toughest correction work in its stride and still deliver first-class results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVersatility and easy handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you want to knock out deeper defects or dial in a smooth, glossy finish, the \u003cstrong\u003eRupes \"D-A\" Coarse Microfibre Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right call. It works with all Dual-Action polishers and is ideal on hard paints and flat panels. Easy to handle and highly efficient, it earns its place in any detailer's kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"160mm O.D.","offer_id":49268588740943,"sku":"D1-RUP-9MF160H","price":18.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 130mm","offer_id":49268588773711,"sku":"D1-RUP-9MF130H","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 80mm","offer_id":49268588806479,"sku":"D1-RUP-9MF80H","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/mf-extreme-cut-microfiber-pad.jpg?v=1720385786"},{"product_id":"koch-chemie-polierpad-polish-sealing-foam-pad-gruen-2024","title":"Polish \u0026 Sealing Foam Pad \"Green\" Soft Finishing Sponge \/ Polishing Pad (2024)","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eNew Pads on the Block\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e — Reworked 2024 pad system: \u003c\/strong\u003eSturdier, longer-lasting and dialled in for dual-action polishers. We already have the new Koch-Chemie pads in stock. Order now and you are guaranteed the new 2024 pads.  \u003cp\u003eKoch-Chemie puts it this way: \"Our R\u0026amp;D team poured plenty of know-how and hours into reworking the foam in our pads as well as their shape, to improve them from the ground up. The noticeably better foam hardness and cell structure deliver longer life, which in turn means more economy for the person at the machine. The pads now stand 25 mm tall with a reshaped bead, and thanks to the rounded edge they last longer while still hugging the surface with all their old flexibility. These upgrades make our new polishing pads a great match for dual-action polishers too. That turns them into a genuine innovation for the reconditioning trade. More durability with the same handling brings a whole new feel to working with our pads — not something you want to miss. For maximum process reliability we are sticking with the colour coding of the pads, so matching pad to polish stays simple. That saves time and is a real help in the hectic day-to-day of reconditioning.\"\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violet\" (Soft) — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violet\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for the gentle correction of sensitive, tricky paints such as sticky paint. Its soft foam structure flexes to the surface and pulls out light scratches, holograms and polishing haze. Pair it with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e polish and you get a hologram-free, glossy finish. The pad is dialled in for dual-action polishers and, thanks to its soft build, gives you a gentle yet effective cut.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft build\u003c\/strong\u003e for sensitive, tricky paints like sticky paint.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against holograms and light scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e when teamed with Micro Cut polishes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e for an even, gentle application.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle work on sensitive paints\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violet\"\u003c\/strong\u003e was built for treating sensitive paint with a light touch. Its soft structure spreads the polish evenly without harming the clearcoat. It shines at lifting holograms and light scratches and leaves a spotless finish behind. On tricky paints like sticky paint it gives you spot-on control and flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eA perfect match with Micro Cut polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eTeamed with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violet\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows what it can really do. These polishes were built for fine finishing and, with the soft pad, they hit their best results. The pad lets you go easy on the polish and leaves a streak-free finish with brilliant gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle finishing with dual-action polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWith its rounded edges and 25 mm height, the pad sits perfectly on the surface and works gently on dual-action polishers. The soft foam structure keeps the risk of pad marks down and delivers even results, even on demanding paint. The pad gives you maximum control and efficiency — for detailers who set the bar high on their finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violet\" (Soft) — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violet\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for the gentle correction of sensitive, tricky paints such as sticky paint. Its soft foam structure flexes to the surface and pulls out light scratches, holograms and polishing haze. Pair it with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e polish and you get a hologram-free, glossy finish. The pad is dialled in for dual-action polishers and, thanks to its soft build, gives you a gentle yet effective cut.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft build\u003c\/strong\u003e for sensitive, tricky paints like sticky paint.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against holograms and light scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e when teamed with Micro Cut polishes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e for an even, gentle application.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle work on sensitive paints\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violet\"\u003c\/strong\u003e was built for treating sensitive paint with a light touch. Its soft structure spreads the polish evenly without harming the clearcoat. It shines at lifting holograms and light scratches and leaves a spotless finish behind. On tricky paints like sticky paint it gives you spot-on control and flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eA perfect match with Micro Cut polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eTeamed with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violet\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows what it can really do. These polishes were built for fine finishing and, with the soft pad, they hit their best results. The pad lets you go easy on the polish and leaves a streak-free finish with brilliant gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle finishing with dual-action polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWith its rounded edges and 25 mm height, the pad sits perfectly on the surface and works gently on dual-action polishers. The soft foam structure keeps the risk of pad marks down and delivers even results, even on demanding paint. The pad gives you maximum control and efficiency — for detailers who set the bar high on their finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Polish \u0026amp; Sealing Foam Pad \"Green\" — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Polish \u0026amp; Sealing Foam Pad \"Green\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built to lay sealing products down sparingly and evenly. Its soft structure hugs the paint perfectly and spreads the product nice and even. This pad is the ideal partner for the \u003cstrong\u003eLack-Polish Grün P1.03\u003c\/strong\u003e. The improved cell structure and extra-soft build mean long life and excellent sealing results. Rotary or dual-action — the \u003cstrong\u003ePolish \u0026amp; Sealing Foam Pad \"Green\"\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you maximum flexibility on the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft build\u003c\/strong\u003e for gentle, even sealant application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for Lack-Polish Grün P1.03\u003c\/strong\u003e, for spot-on sealing results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-lasting quality\u003c\/strong\u003e thanks to an optimised cell structure and high flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGentle work for flawless results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePolish \u0026amp; Sealing Foam Pad \"Green\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is extra soft, which makes it ideal for laying sealants down gently. The soft cell structure means the sealing products go on sparingly yet still work hard on the paint. So you land a flawless finish every time, with no streaks or smears. This polishing pad is the right call for enthusiasts who go for perfect layers of gloss and protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA perfect match with Lack-Polish Grün P1.03\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTeamed with the \u003cstrong\u003eLack-Polish Grün P1.03\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003ePolish \u0026amp; Sealing Foam Pad \"Green\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows its full strength. The pad's special structure makes sure the polish spreads evenly and goes on sparingly. That combo lands a deep, glossy finish that protects your paint perfectly. On modern or classic paint alike — the green pad is always the right call for a long-lasting seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to its flexibility, the \u003cstrong\u003ePolish \u0026amp; Sealing Foam Pad \"Green\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is ideal for dual-action polishers. The rounded edges and 25 mm height let the pad sit perfectly on any panel shape and work cleanly even on uneven surfaces. So you get not just high efficiency but maximum control over the sealing job.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koch-Chemie","offers":[{"title":"Ø 150mm \/ 6\"","offer_id":49737508487503,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998338","price":11.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 126mm \/ 5\"","offer_id":49737508749647,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998337","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 45mm \/ 1.7\"","offer_id":49737508880719,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998336","price":37.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/koch-chemie-polierpad-polish-sealing-foampad-gruen-2024.png?v=1727245929"},{"product_id":"koch-chemie-polierpad-heavy-cut-foam-pad-rot-2024","title":"Heavy Cut Foam Pad \"Rot\" Abrasive Cutting Foam \/ Polishing Pad (2024)","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eNew Pads on the Block\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e — Reworked Pad System 2024: \u003c\/strong\u003eTougher, longer-lasting and dialled in for dual-action polishers. We've already got the new Koch-Chemie pads in stock. Order now and you're guaranteed to get the new 2024 pads.  \u003cp\u003eHere's what Koch-Chemie says: \"Our R\u0026amp;D team put real expertise and plenty of hours into reworking the foam and the shape of our pads, to improve them from the ground up. The clearly better compression hardness and cell structure give you longer life, which in turn means more value for the person doing the work. The now 25 mm tall pads with a reshaped bead last longer thanks to the rounded edge, and still hug the surface as flexibly as ever. With these improvements our new pads now work really well with dual-action polishers too. That makes our new polishing pads a genuine innovation for the detailing trade. More durability with the same handling gives you a whole new experience when you work with our pads. You don't want to miss out on that. For maximum process reliability we're sticking with the colour coding on the pads, so it stays easy to match pad to polish. That saves time and is a real help in the day-to-day grind of a busy detailing job.\"\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\" (Soft) — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for gently working delicate and tricky paint, like sticky paint. Its soft foam structure flexes to the paint surface and effectively pulls out light scratches, holograms and polishing haze. Pair it with the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e polish and you're guaranteed a hologram-free, glossy finish. The pad is dialled in for dual-action polishers and, thanks to its soft build, gives you a gentle but effective cut.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft build\u003c\/strong\u003e for delicate and tricky paint like sticky paint.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against holograms and light scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e when paired with Micro Cut polishes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e for an even, gentle pass.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle on delicate paint\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e was built specifically for softly handling delicate paint. Its soft structure spreads the polish evenly without harming the paint. It's brilliant for removing holograms and light scratches and leaves a flawless finish behind. On tricky paint like sticky paint, the pad gives you spot-on control and flex.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eA perfect match with Micro Cut polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003ePaired with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows what it can really do. These polishes were built for fine finishing and, together with the soft pad, get you the best results. The pad lets you go easy on the polish and leaves a streak-free finish with brilliant gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle finishing with dual-action polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThanks to the rounded edges and 25 mm height, the pad hugs the surface perfectly and lets you work gently with dual-action polishers. The soft foam structure cuts the risk of buffer trails and gives you even results, even on demanding paint surfaces. The pad gives you maximum control and efficiency for detailers who want the very best finish.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\" (Soft) — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for gently working delicate and tricky paint, like sticky paint. Its soft foam structure flexes to the paint surface and effectively pulls out light scratches, holograms and polishing haze. Pair it with the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e polish and you're guaranteed a hologram-free, glossy finish. The pad is dialled in for dual-action polishers and, thanks to its soft build, gives you a gentle but effective cut.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft build\u003c\/strong\u003e for delicate and tricky paint like sticky paint.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against holograms and light scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e when paired with Micro Cut polishes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e for an even, gentle pass.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle on delicate paint\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e was built specifically for softly handling delicate paint. Its soft structure spreads the polish evenly without harming the paint. It's brilliant for removing holograms and light scratches and leaves a flawless finish behind. On tricky paint like sticky paint, the pad gives you spot-on control and flex.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eA perfect match with Micro Cut polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003ePaired with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows what it can really do. These polishes were built for fine finishing and, together with the soft pad, get you the best results. The pad lets you go easy on the polish and leaves a streak-free finish with brilliant gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle finishing with dual-action polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThanks to the rounded edges and 25 mm height, the pad hugs the surface perfectly and lets you work gently with dual-action polishers. The soft foam structure cuts the risk of buffer trails and gives you even results, even on demanding paint surfaces. The pad gives you maximum control and efficiency for detailers who want the very best finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Heavy Cut Foam Pad \"Rot\" — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Heavy Cut Foam Pad \"Rot\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is the go-to choice for serious detailers who want to knock out deep scratches and heavy weathering fast. This heavily abrasive polishing pad is a perfect match for the \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Cut H9.02 polish\u003c\/strong\u003e and brings plenty of cut for intensive paint correction. Thanks to the improved cell structure and the optimised compression hardness, the pad lasts an extremely long time and is especially suited to dual-action polishers. The 25 mm height and the rounded edges give you a precise, controlled pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh abrasiveness\u003c\/strong\u003e for fast, effective paint correction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter durability\u003c\/strong\u003e thanks to optimised cell structure and compression hardness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e and ideal paired with Heavy Cut H9.02.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaximum cut for intensive paint correction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Heavy Cut Foam Pad \"Rot\"\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers outstanding cut and is built specifically to clear deep scratches, heavy weathering and other serious paint damage. Paired with the \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Cut H9.02 polish\u003c\/strong\u003e, the pad gets you fast results and a precise correction. The hard structure of the pad spreads the polish efficiently and gives you maximum cutting power to take out even stubborn damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBetter durability for longer sessions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to the optimised cell structure and compression hardness, the \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Cut Foam Pad \"Rot\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is especially long-lasting. Even on heavy jobs the structure stays stable and keeps performance high. Thanks to the pad's better abrasion resistance, detailers can work longer on one pad without losing efficiency, which clearly improves the value for money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis polishing pad was built specifically for use with dual-action polishers. The rounded edges and 25 mm height mean the pad hugs every surface perfectly. It gives you maximum control and precision, even on uneven panels. That gets you even results without unwanted buffer trails and lets you get the correction work done faster and more efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koch-Chemie","offers":[{"title":"Ø 150mm \/ 6\"","offer_id":49737622225231,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998312","price":17.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 126mm \/ 5\"","offer_id":49737622257999,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998311","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"76mm \/ 3\" diameter","offer_id":49737622389071,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998310","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 45mm \/ 1.7\"","offer_id":49737622618447,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998325","price":49.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/koch-chemie-polierpad-heavy-cut-foam-pad-rot-2024.png?v=1727245929"},{"product_id":"koch-chemie-polierpad-fine-cut-foam-pad-gelb-2024","title":"Fine Cut Foam Pad \"Gelb\" Medium-Hard Cutting Pad \/ Polishing Pad (2024)","description":"\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eNew Pads on the Block\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e — Reworked Pad System 2024: \u003c\/strong\u003eTougher, longer-lasting and dialled in for dual-action polishers. We've already got Koch-Chemie's new polishing pads in stock. Order now and you're guaranteed the new 2024 pads.\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere's what Koch-Chemie has to say: \"Our R\u0026amp;D team poured plenty of expertise and hours into reworking the foam and the shape of our pads to fundamentally improve them. The clearly improved compression hardness and cell structure give you longer life, which in turn means more economy for the person at the machine. The pads now stand 25mm tall with a reworked groove, and thanks to the rounded edge they last longer while still hugging the surface flexibly. Thanks to these upgrades, our new polishing pads now work really well with dual-action polishers too. That makes our new polishing pads a genuine innovation for the detailing trade. More durability with the same handling gives you a whole new experience with our polishing pads. You don't want to miss out on that. For maximum process reliability we're sticking with the colour coding of the pads, so matching pad to polish stays easy. That saves time and is a real help in the daily grind of detailing.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Fine Cut Foam Pad \"Gelb\" — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Fine Cut Foam Pad \"Gelb\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right call for demanding detailers who want to target medium paint defects head-on. With an improved cell structure and higher compression hardness, the pad gives you longer life and top performance while you work. This medium-hard polishing pad is ideal for pulling out scratches and weathering paired with the \u003cstrong\u003eFine Cut F6.01 polish\u003c\/strong\u003e, and it's also dialled in for dual-action polishers. With an eye on the detail, the focus stays on maximum control and efficiency through the polishing step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved durability\u003c\/strong\u003e from an optimised cell structure and compression hardness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for medium scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e and weathering paired with the Fine Cut F6.01.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e for spot-on results on tricky paint surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImproved cell structure for longer life\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Fine Cut Foam Pad \"Gelb\"\u003c\/strong\u003e stands out thanks to its reworked cell structure, which gives you longer life and steady, high performance. Thanks to the medium-hard build, the pad is a great fit for pulling out medium scratches and paint defects. The new structure not only adds to the pad's lifespan, it also improves the cutting action on demanding paint surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA perfect match with Fine Cut F6.01\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis polishing pad shows its full potential paired with the \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Fine Cut F6.01 polish\u003c\/strong\u003e. The fine polish wipes out scratches, weathering and dull spots with ease, while the medium-hard pad spreads the polish evenly. The fine cut gets you a perfect finish with no holograms — ideal for car lovers who go for brilliant results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith dual-action polishers showing up more and more in pro car care, the \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Fine Cut Foam Pad \"Gelb\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built specifically for these machines. The rounded edge and the way it flexes to the paint surface let the pad get you maximum results. On flat or curved panels alike, the pad hugs the surface perfectly and leaves a flawless finish.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koch-Chemie","offers":[{"title":"Ø 150mm \/ 6\"","offer_id":49737712533839,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998315","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 126mm \/ 5\"","offer_id":49737712566607,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998314","price":12.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 76mm \/ 3\"","offer_id":49737712599375,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998313","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 45mm \/ 1.7\"","offer_id":49737712632143,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998328","price":37.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/koch-chemie-polierpad-fine-cut-foam-pad-gelb-2024.png?v=1727245930"},{"product_id":"koch-chemie-polierpad-one-cut-foam-pad-orange-2024","title":"One Cut Foam Pad \"Orange\" Medium-Cut 2-in-1 Polishing Pad (2024)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eNew Pads on the Block\u003c\/em\u003e — Reworked Pad System 2024: \u003c\/strong\u003eMore stable, longer-lasting and dialled in for dual-action polishers. We've already got the new Koch-Chemie pads in stock. Order now and you're guaranteed the new 2024 pads.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHere's what Koch-Chemie says about it: \"Our R\u0026amp;D team put a lot of expertise and a lot of hours into reworking the foams and the shape of our pads to improve them from the ground up. The clearly better compression hardness and cell structure give you more durability, which in turn means more economy for the user. At 25 mm tall with a reshaped bead, the rounded edge boosts longevity while the pads still flex naturally to the surface. Thanks to these upgrades, our new pads now also work very well on dual-action polishers. That makes them a genuine innovation for the detailing trade. More durability with the same handling gives you a whole new feel when you polish. Don't miss out on it. For maximum process reliability we're sticking with the colour coding on the pads, so matching pad to polish stays simple. That saves time and is a real help in the day-to-day grind of a busy detailing job.\"\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\" (Soft) — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for gentle work on delicate, tricky paints such as Sticky Paint. Its soft foam structure flexes to the paint and pulls out light scratches, holograms and polishing haze cleanly. Pair it with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e and you get a hologram-free, glossy finish. The pad is dialled in for dual-action polishers, and its soft build delivers a gentle but effective polish.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft build\u003c\/strong\u003e for delicate, tricky paints like Sticky Paint.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective on holograms and light scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e when run with Micro Cut polishes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e for an even, gentle pass.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle work on delicate paints\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e was built for soft work on delicate paints. Its soft structure spreads the polish evenly without harming the clear coat. It's a great call for pulling holograms and light scratches, and leaves a flawless finish behind. On tricky paints like Sticky Paint the pad gives you spot-on control and flex.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eA perfect match with Micro Cut polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eRun with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows what it can really do. These polishes are made for fine finishing and, with the soft pad, they get you the best results. The pad lets you go easy on the polish and leaves a streak-free finish with brilliant gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eGentle polishing with dual-action polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWith its rounded edges and 25 mm height, the pad flexes perfectly to the surface for a gentle pass on a dual-action polisher. The soft foam structure keeps polishing marks to a minimum and gives you even results, even on demanding paint. The pad delivers full control and efficiency for detailers who want the best possible finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie One Cut Foam Pad \"Orange\" — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie One Cut Foam Pad \"Orange\"\u003c\/strong\u003e rolls polish and finish into a single pass. Its medium-firm build makes it ideal for cutting out medium scratches and weathering. It was made to run with \u003cstrong\u003eOne Cut \u0026amp; Finish P6.02\u003c\/strong\u003e polish, so you get cut and a brilliant finish at the same time. The improved cell structure and higher compression hardness mean longer life and top performance. And because it flexes to the surface, the pad is a perfect fit for dual-action polishers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolish and finish in one step\u003c\/strong\u003e, for time-saving results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium cut\u003c\/strong\u003e for clearing scratches and weathering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e and ideal for One Cut \u0026amp; Finish P6.02.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePolish and seal in one step\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOne Cut Foam Pad \"Orange\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is the perfect answer for detailers who want to cut out scratches and seal the paint in one pass. The pad's medium-firm character gives you real cut, while the cell structure gets you an even, streak-free finish. Run it with \u003cstrong\u003eOne Cut \u0026amp; Finish P6.02\u003c\/strong\u003e and you rethink car care, bringing polishing and sealing together efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLonger life thanks to an optimised cell structure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to the improved cell structure and optimised compression hardness, the \u003cstrong\u003eOne Cut Foam Pad \"Orange\"\u003c\/strong\u003e offers high abrasion resistance and holds its shape even under heavy use. That stretches the pad's life right out, so it keeps its full performance over many polishing cycles. The rounded edges also let the pad flex to the paint and nail the result even in hard-to-reach spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA perfect pass with dual-action polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pad was built to run on dual-action polishers. The 25 mm height and rounded edge spread the pressure evenly, which gets you precise, controlled results. Combining polish and seal doesn't just save time — it gives you a top-quality finish, all with a single pad.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koch-Chemie","offers":[{"title":"Ø 150mm \/ 6\"","offer_id":49737793929551,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998324","price":19.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 126mm \/ 5\"","offer_id":49737793962319,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998323","price":18.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 76mm \/ 3\"","offer_id":49737793995087,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998322","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 45mm \/ 1.7\"","offer_id":49737794027855,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998329","price":45.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/koch-chemie-polierpad-one-cut-foam-pad-orange-2024.png?v=1727245930"},{"product_id":"koch-chemie-polierpad-micro-cut-hard-foam-pad-violett-2024","title":"Micro Cut Hard Foam Pad \"Violett\" (Hard) Anti-Hologram Pad \/ Polishing Pad (2024)","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eNew Pads on the Block\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e — Reworked Pad System 2024: \u003c\/strong\u003eTougher, longer-lasting and dialled in for dual-action machines. We've already got the new Koch-Chemie polishing pads in stock. Order now and you're guaranteed to get the new 2024 polishing pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere's what Koch-Chemie says: \"Our R\u0026amp;D team put serious expertise and a lot of hours into reworking the foam and the shape of our pads to improve them from the ground up. The clearly better compression hardness and cell structure give you longer life, which in turn means more value for the person using them. The pads now stand 25 mm tall with a reshaped bead, and the rounded edge boosts durability while still hugging the surface with plenty of flex. Thanks to these upgrades, our new polishing pads now work really well with dual-action machines too. That makes our new polishing pads a genuine innovation for the detailing trade. More durability with the same handling gives you a whole new feel when you're working with our polishing pads. You don't want to miss it. For maximum process reliability we're sticking with the colour coding on the pads, so matching pad to polish stays simple. That saves time and is a real help in the day-to-day grind of detailing work.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\" (Soft) — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for the gentle treatment of sensitive and tricky paints, such as sticky paint. Its soft foam structure flexes to the paint surface and effectively clears light scratches, holograms and polishing haze. Paired with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e polish, you're guaranteed a hologram-free, glossy finish. The pad is dialled in for dual-action machines and its soft build delivers gentle but effective polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft build\u003c\/strong\u003e for sensitive and tricky paints like sticky paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against holograms and light scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e when used with Micro Cut polishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action machines\u003c\/strong\u003e for even, gentle work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGentle work on sensitive paint\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e was built specifically for treating sensitive paint with a light touch. Its soft structure spreads the polish evenly without harming the paint. It's excellent for clearing holograms and light scratches and leaves a flawless finish. On tricky paints like sticky paint, the pad gives you perfect control and flex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA perfect match with Micro Cut polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaired with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows what it can really do. These polishes were built for fine polishing and, combined with the soft pad, get you optimal results. The pad lets you use polish sparingly and delivers a streak-free finish with brilliant gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGentle polishing with dual-action machines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its rounded edges and 25 mm height, the pad flexes perfectly to the surface and lets you work gently with dual-action machines. The soft foam structure cuts the risk of polishing marks and gives you even results, even on demanding paint surfaces. The pad offers maximum control and efficiency for detailers who hold their finish to the highest standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\" (Soft) — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for the gentle treatment of sensitive and tricky paints, such as sticky paint. Its soft foam structure flexes to the paint surface and effectively clears light scratches, holograms and polishing haze. Paired with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e polish, you're guaranteed a hologram-free, glossy finish. The pad is dialled in for dual-action machines and its soft build delivers gentle but effective polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft build\u003c\/strong\u003e for sensitive and tricky paints like sticky paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against holograms and light scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e when used with Micro Cut polishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action machines\u003c\/strong\u003e for even, gentle work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGentle work on sensitive paint\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e was built specifically for treating sensitive paint with a light touch. Its soft structure spreads the polish evenly without harming the paint. It's excellent for clearing holograms and light scratches and leaves a flawless finish. On tricky paints like sticky paint, the pad gives you perfect control and flex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA perfect match with Micro Cut polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaired with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows what it can really do. These polishes were built for fine polishing and, combined with the soft pad, get you optimal results. The pad lets you use polish sparingly and delivers a streak-free finish with brilliant gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGentle polishing with dual-action machines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its rounded edges and 25 mm height, the pad flexes perfectly to the surface and lets you work gently with dual-action machines. The soft foam structure cuts the risk of polishing marks and gives you even results, even on demanding paint surfaces. The pad offers maximum control and efficiency for detailers who hold their finish to the highest standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Hard Foam Pad \"Violett\" (Hard) — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Hard Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for work on tough, high-solid paints. With its hard structure and improved compression hardness, this polishing pad is ideal for clearing holograms, light scratches and polishing haze paired with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M3.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e polish. The optimised cell structure delivers maximum durability and consistently high performance. Perfect for use with dual-action machines, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Hard Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you precise results on demanding paint correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard build\u003c\/strong\u003e for efficient work on high-solid paints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for clearing holograms\u003c\/strong\u003e and light scratches when used with Micro Cut polishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for dual-action machines\u003c\/strong\u003e for controlled, even results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuilt specifically for high-solid paints\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Hard Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e was built specifically for use on tough high-solid paints that bring their own hardness and structure. With its hard foam composition, the pad clears holograms, light scratches and polishing haze quickly and effectively without harming the paint surface. The robust structure keeps the pad in shape even over longer polishing sessions and always delivers precise results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe optimal match with Micro Cut polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaired with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M3.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Hard Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows its full potential. These polishes were built for the final stage of paint work and, combined with the hard pad, deliver a perfect finish. The pad's fine cutting action gets you a hologram-free surface and brings the paint back to a fresh gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for dual-action machines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to its rounded edges and 25 mm height, the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Hard Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is ideal for use with dual-action machines. The pad's flex means it sits perfectly on the surface and gives you maximum control, even on complex paint structures. The result: even polishing with no unwanted swirl marks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koch-Chemie","offers":[{"title":"Ø 150mm \/ 6\"","offer_id":49737958818127,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998321","price":19.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 126mm \/ 5\"","offer_id":49737958850895,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998320","price":18.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 76mm \/ 3\"","offer_id":49737958883663,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998319","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 45mm \/ 1.7\"","offer_id":49737958916431,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998327","price":45.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/koch-chemie-polierpad-micro-cut-hard-foam-pad-violett-2024.png?v=1727245930"},{"product_id":"koch-chemie-polierpad-micro-cut-soft-foam-pad-violett-2024","title":"Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\" (Soft) Anti-Hologram Foam \/ Polishing Pad (2024)","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eNew Pads on the Block\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e — Reworked Pad System 2024: \u003c\/strong\u003eTougher, longer-lasting and dialled in for DA polishers. We've already got the new Koch-Chemie polishing pads in stock. Order now and you're guaranteed the new 2024 pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere's what Koch-Chemie say about it: \"Our R\u0026amp;D team put serious expertise and a lot of hours into reworking both the foam and the shape of our pads, to genuinely improve them. The clearly upgraded foam hardness and cell structure give you longer service life, which in turn means more economy for the user. The pads now stand 25 mm tall with a reshaped bead, and the rounded edge improves durability while still hugging the surface flexibly. Thanks to these changes our new polishing pads now also work really well with DA polishers. That makes them a real innovation for the detailing market. More longevity at the same handling delivers a whole new experience with our polishing pads — not something to miss. For maximum process reliability we're sticking with the colour coding on the pads, so you can match pad to polish at a glance. That saves time and is a real help in the everyday grind of detailing.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\" (Soft) — Polishing Pad (2024)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKoch-Chemie Micro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for gently working sensitive and tricky paints, like Sticky Paint. Its soft foam structure flexes to follow the paint surface and pulls out light scratches, holograms and polishing haze. Paired with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e polish, you get a hologram-free, glossy finish every time. The pad is dialled in for DA polishers and its soft build keeps the cut gentle but effective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft build\u003c\/strong\u003e for sensitive, tricky paints like Sticky Paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuts through holograms and light scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e when you run it with Micro Cut polishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for DA polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e for an even, gentle pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGentle work on sensitive paints\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e was built to baby sensitive paint. Its soft structure spreads the polish evenly without hammering the clear coat. It's spot-on for lifting holograms and light scratches, and it leaves a flawless finish behind. On tricky paints like Sticky Paint the pad gives you proper control and flex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect match with Micro Cut polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun it with \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut M2.02\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut \u0026amp; Finish P3.01\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eMicro Cut Soft Foam Pad \"Violett\"\u003c\/strong\u003e shows what it can really do. Those polishes are made for fine refining, and paired with the soft pad they hit the sweet spot. The pad lets you go easy on the polish and leaves a streak-free finish with brilliant gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGentle polishing with DA polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its rounded edges and 25 mm height the pad follows the surface perfectly and keeps the pass gentle on a DA polisher. The soft foam structure cuts the risk of polishing marks and gives you even results, even on demanding paint. The pad delivers maximum control and efficiency for detailers who want the best finish.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koch-Chemie","offers":[{"title":"Ø 150mm \/ 6\"","offer_id":49738015113551,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998318","price":19.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 126mm \/ 5\"","offer_id":49738015179087,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998317","price":18.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 76mm \/ 3\"","offer_id":49738015244623,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998316","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 45mm \/ 1.7\"","offer_id":49738015342927,"sku":"D1-KCX-9998326","price":45.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/koch-chemie-polierpad-micro-cut-soft-foam-pad-violett-2024.png?v=1727245930"},{"product_id":"dr-wack-a1-der-politur-schwamm-politur","title":"A1 \"DER POLITUR SCHWAMM\" Polishing sponge","description":"\u003ch2 id=\"speakable-headline\"\u003eA1 \"DER POLITUR SCHWAMM\" works polish in instead of just spreading it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote id=\"speakable-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is A1 \"DER POLITUR SCHWAMM\"? A dense hand polishing sponge from Dr. Wack that transfers the pressure of your hand evenly to the paint — which is what lets the abrasives in the A1 polishes do their job in the first place. Not for matte paint, not for matte wraps and not as a pad for a machine polisher.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp id=\"speakable-definition\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA1 \"DER POLITUR SCHWAMM\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hand polishing sponge from Dr. Wack for the three A1 all-over polishes. It measures 150 by 80 millimetres, is 35 millimetres thick and weighs 14.1 grams net. What it's supposed to do is summed up in one line of the product benefits that no retailer quotes: it enables constant pressure during polishing. Not soaking up, not spreading. Holding pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHow much of that reaches the clear coat isn't down to your arm alone. There's exactly one part between your palm and the paint, and it can either pass your force on or use it up in itself. A foam that keeps giving way under load pours every extra kilo into its own deformation. None of it reaches the panel: you rub away, and the dullness is still there afterwards, just as before.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure, three times on one page of data sheet.\u003c\/strong\u003e The word appears twice in the instructions and a third time in the product benefits: polish in with plenty of pressure, the more pressure the better the result, constant pressure during polishing. Manufacturers usually urge their customers to go easy. For you, that means you can really lean into this block.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e28 percent more foam in the same block.\u003c\/strong\u003e The polishing and wax sponges are identical except on the scales, both 150 x 80 x 35 millimetres. This one packs 14.1 instead of 11 grams into the same 420 cubic centimetres — about 34 instead of 26 kilograms per cubic metre. You'll feel it: the block springs back under your hand without bottoming out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 square centimetres of face, 35 millimetres of edge.\u003c\/strong\u003e The big side covers 150 by 80 millimetres in one go; according to the manufacturer, the narrow edge gets into door-handle recesses and other hard-to-reach spots. The sponge is approved for metallic, solid, nano and scratch-resistant paints as well as gloss wraps, from lightly to heavily weathered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e What we see day-to-day, the most common mistake is running a whole side of the car on the same face of the block. After the first panel the working face is grey. That's not dirt — it's your removed clear coat plus spent abrasive. On the next door you're just pushing that sludge around, and the fresh dose never reaches the paint. The block has two big faces, so use one per panel. Only wash it out at the end, because wet foam thins out the next dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA flat hand brings the cut, fingertips just leave tracks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dose goes on the dry foam and your whole palm on the block — not just three fingertips on one corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe big side gives you 120 square centimetres of contact. If you steer the block between thumb and fingertips, you load a handful of that and let the rest float over the paint. You only see it afterwards: a narrow, properly worked strip under your fingers, and around it an area that touched the sponge but never carried any load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the scene, the removing part of a polish is called cut — the part that takes material away instead of filling. Cut only happens where there's load. In practice: your contact area decides how big the polished zone really ends up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe order before that is non-negotiable. Washed, dried, cooled down, in the shade. If there's still grit on the paint — loose chippings and road film — it travels along under the foam and you polish it in. Only then does a dose of one of the three \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dr-wack-a1-politur\"\u003eA1 polishes\u003c\/a\u003e go straight onto the sponge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWork in small circles, panel by panel, in a cross-hatch. Cross-hatch means: horizontal passes over the section first, then vertical ones over them, so no single direction leaves a pattern. If the foam runs dry, the grains lose their lubricating film and polishing turns into friction. If the application gets streaky, the block needs a fresh dose, not more muscle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou don't have to guess whether your pressure was even. The drying polish film shows you: where contact was high, it's thin and almost worked away; where the block just rode along, it stays white and thick. A white rim around a clear centre means only the heel of your hand was down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/dr-wack-a1-der-politur-schwamm-politur_anwendung.jpg?v=1787867807\u0026amp;width=1400\" alt=\"Polish being squeezed from the A1 Polish and Wax bottle onto the dry polishing sponge\" loading=\"lazy\" decoding=\"async\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:4px;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the soft wax sponge, the pressure soaks away and never reaches the paint\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the outside, the two A1 sponges are the same block: same 150 by 80 by 35 millimetres, same folding box, same colour. The difference shows up on the scales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt's in the data sheets too — nobody just reads them side by side. For the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-wack-a1-der-wax-schwamm-wachs\"\u003ewax sponge\u003c\/a\u003e, the instruction is to apply evenly and thinly, and the word pressure doesn't appear there once. On this sheet it's there three times. Two tools in one housing, with opposite jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe measurable quantity behind it is called compression hardness, tested to DIN EN ISO 3386 as the pressure it takes to squash a foam by 40 percent of its height. In plain terms: how hard the block pushes back against being flattened. Day to day: the higher the value, the less of your force gets stuck in the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompression hardness is stated separately from density, which is why foam types are called RG 25\/44 and not just RG 25. Dr. Wack publishes neither figure. The catalogue lists the net weight, and that's where the 28 percent difference comes from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhat happens on the paint if you use the soft block anyway: open-cell soft foam buckles at its cell walls under load and then gives way over a long travel, barely building any further resistance. You press harder, the block gets flatter, little changes on the panel. Then it bottoms out under your fingertips, and right there you're suddenly removing too much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe usual misdiagnosis after that is that the polish is too weak. That gives you a useful rule: if a second pass with the same sponge doesn't help, check the foam first. If this block at full pressure doesn't get it either, the defect sits deeper than a hand polish can reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFour limits remain. Dr. Wack rules out matte paint and matte wraps. The block doesn't belong on a machine polisher — it has no hook-and-loop backing or backing plate. For leather, plastic and thin dressings, the range's microfibre applicator is the one built for the job, and it glides on matte surfaces too. And A1 \"DER POLITUR SCHWAMM\" only changes how much of a polish gets through, not what it can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/dr-wack-a1-der-politur-schwamm-politur_anwendung_2.jpg?v=1787867812\u0026amp;width=1400\" alt=\"Flat hand pressing A1 DER POLITUR SCHWAMM onto black paint at the edge of the window\" loading=\"lazy\" decoding=\"async\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:4px;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Wack doesn't put an applicator in with its all-over polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed Polish, Polish \u0026amp; Wax and ULTIMA Show \u0026amp; Shine come in the box without a sponge. Only the small Kratzer Polish includes a microfibre cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat's not cost-cutting, it's separating consumable from tool. The bottle runs empty, the foam block doesn't. A freebie would also be the same for all three polishes, and that's exactly what this block isn't: according to the data sheet, the application engineers picked it from a large number of alternatives and optimised it for these polishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA1 \"DER POLITUR SCHWAMM\" is meant for the by-hand crowd: two to three polishing sessions a year, no machine polisher at home, but an A1 bottle on the shelf. If you work by machine, you need hook-and-loop pads in graded hardnesses. If you work by hand, you need exactly one block, because the hardness choice has been made for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe first panel takes longer than you think. Constant pressure is a movement your hand has to learn, and the first passes feel a bit clumsy. That's normal and doesn't mean you're not pressing hard enough. If you want to run the strongest hand polish in the range, you'll find it in \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-wack-a1-ultima-show-und-shine-polish-politur\"\u003eULTIMA Show \u0026amp; Shine Polish\u003c\/a\u003e, which calls for whole panels in one go and so plays to the block's size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt's rare for a manufacturer to explicitly tell you to use more force. Usually it's a call for caution, because caution breaks fewer things. In Baar-Ebenhausen the line is in the data sheet anyway, and it's only there because this foam spreads the pressure across the surface instead of stabbing it into the clear coat at single points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnd the point no label mentions: the sponge is the only part of the polishing kit with no wear indicator. You see the bottle empty, the cloth go grey, but the block looks the same on its twentieth use as on its first. The test takes two seconds: squeeze it in your fist, let go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf it doesn't spring straight back into shape, it isn't transferring pressure anymore either. From then on your hand is polishing against the foam instead of with it, and every extra pass costs you time and clear coat without the panel getting any better.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Wack \"A1\"","offers":[{"title":"Orange \/ 15x8cm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":58086544671055,"sku":"D1-DRW-8002","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/dr-wack-a1-der-politur-schwamm-politur.png?v=1787867191"},{"product_id":"flex-klett-teller-m14-gedaempft","title":"Backing Plate \"M14\" (Cushioned)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX cushioned backing plate M14 – Precise pressure control for flawless polishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does a cushioned backing plate with an M14 thread actually do? A cushioned plate spreads pressure evenly across the pad, takes out the hot spots and gives you more controlled polishing, sanding or sealing – especially on rotary machines with an M14 fitting.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX backing plate \"M14\" (Cushioned)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the foundation for controlled, precise polishing. In pro detailing the backing plate is what decides how evenly pressure gets transferred, how stable a pad runs and how precisely you can work the paint. That's exactly where this FLEX plate comes in: a well thought-out cushion paired with a solid hook-and-loop connection gives you maximum control, whether you're correcting, finishing or working in a sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's built on a sturdy base plate with an M14 thread – the standard fitting on most rotary polishers. On top sits an elastic cellular-rubber cushion that soaks up pressure spikes and lets the pad run smoother. The pad sits more stable that way, which makes a real difference on sensitive paint or precise correction work. According to the manufacturer, around 12 mm of cellular rubber keeps pressure spread evenly when you sand, polish and seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven pressure thanks to the cellular-rubber cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe built-in cushion evens out pressure differences and helps the pad run consistently. That cuts the risk of hammering one spot too hard and lets you work the paint more precisely – especially under rotary motion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid hook-and-loop grip that holds the pad\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe quality hook-and-loop keeps pads locked on reliably. Even through longer polishing passes the pad stays cleanly centred and runs smooth – key for controlled defect correction and a clean finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eM14 thread for pro polishing machines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe classic M14 fitting is standard on most rotary polishers. So the plate bolts straight on and gives you a solid link between machine and pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCushioned backing plate with cellular rubber for controlled pressure spread\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ecushioned backing plate\u003c\/strong\u003e is far more than just an adapter for your pads – it's the link between the machine and the paint surface. On the FLEX backing plate a cellular-rubber layer about 12 mm thick does that job. Cellular rubber has a closed structure with plenty of give, so it soaks up pressure spikes and passes the machine's movement onto the pad more evenly. In practice that means the pad follows contours better while you keep a stable working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn rotary polishers in particular this cushioning really matters. The direct rotary motion dumps a lot of energy into the paint. Without a cushion to keep it in check, the pressure works on one spot and you get uneven polish coverage or faster pad wear. The cellular rubber spreads that energy out evenly. The pad then glides over the surface more controlled and lets you correct more precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailers it comes down to one thing: more control over the finish. On sensitive clear coats or on finishing passes where you want maximum consistency, a cushioned plate helps you run the machine smoother and pull off an even result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eM14 fitting for rotary polishers and pro polishing machines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eM14 fitting\u003c\/strong\u003e has been one of the established standards in pro rotary polishing for years. Plenty of machines run this thread size because it gives a particularly stable, low-vibration link between machine and accessory. On the FLEX backing plate the thread is built straight into the base plate, so power transfer stays secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor you that mostly means reliability day in, day out. The plate sits tight on the polisher's spindle and passes the rotary motion onto the pad with no play. That gives you precise handling and a steady power transfer – an important factor when you're working with different polishes, pads or pressure levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother upside of this build is how universal it is. M14 is widespread across the pro polishing world, so this plate pairs up with loads of rotary machines. That makes it a tough, long-lasting option for the pro detailing studio as much as for serious enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eØ150 mm, Ø125 mm and Ø75 mm – the right plate size for every polishing job\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePicking the right plate size is key for efficiency and precision when you're working paint. That's why the FLEX backing plate comes in three diameters: Ø150 mm, Ø125 mm and Ø75 mm. Each one is tuned to certain jobs and backs a different polishing strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 150 mm version is the classic pick for big panels. Bonnet, doors or roof get done efficiently with larger pads because you cover more ground per pass. For a lot of detailers it's the go-to size for defect correction on large body panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 125 mm version is a good balance of control and coverage. It suits areas with moderate contours, or when you want a bit more precision without slowing the pace too much. Plenty of pros use this size as their all-round plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact 75 mm plate, on the other hand, comes into its own wherever big pads just don't fit. Tight body sections, bumpers, pillars or tricky contours get worked far more precisely at this size. For detail work or spot correction a small plate is often the smarter call.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"Ø150mm \"535703\" (BP-M D150 M14)","offer_id":57225079619919,"sku":"D1-FLEX-535703","price":26.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø125mm \"535704\" (BP-M D125 M14)","offer_id":57225079652687,"sku":"D1-FLEX-535704","price":21.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø75mm \"535705\" (BP-M D75 M14)","offer_id":57225091547471,"sku":"D1-FLEX-535705","price":17.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-klett-teller-m14-gedaempft.png?v=1773342069"},{"product_id":"flex-klett-teller-spezial-gedaempft-exzenterpolierer","title":"\"Special\" Backing Plate (Cushioned) for FLEX Dual-Action Polishers","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX \"Special\" Cushioned Backing Plate – Maximum control for FLEX dual-action polishers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is a cushioned \"Special\" backing plate for FLEX dual-action polishers used for? A cushioned \"Special\" backing plate holds the polishing pad and the polisher together firmly, spreads pressure evenly across the pad and gives you a smoother run plus controlled defect correction while you polish.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX \"Special\" Backing Plate (Cushioned) for FLEX Dual-Action Polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e is a purpose-built backing plate for professional paint work with FLEX dual-action machines. In modern detailing the result doesn't come down to the polish or the pad alone – the plate between machine and pad also shapes how pressure spreads, how smoothly the tool runs and how precisely you can work. That's exactly where this \"Special\" backing plate comes in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to its elastic cushioning and solid plate construction it keeps the polishing controlled, especially with the orbital throw of modern machines. The pad runs steady, vibration drops off and you can guide the machine more precisely. The upshot is a more even polishing pattern – whether you're on defect correction, finishing or laying down a sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"Special\" backing plate is matched exactly to FLEX dual-action polishers and gives you a reliable link between machine and pad. The high-grade hook-and-loop face holds the pad securely in place and still lets you swap pads fast between polishing steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned construction for even pressure distribution\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe built-in cushioning evens out pressure differences during the orbital throw. That loads the pad more evenly and lets it work calmer across the paint – which matters most for controlled defect correction and clean finishing results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Special\" construction for FLEX dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe plate is matched exactly to the mount and movement of FLEX dual-action polishers. That builds a solid link between machine and pad for precise work and the best possible power transfer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes for different polishing jobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou get two sizes to choose from: Ø150 mm and Ø125 mm. That lets you dial the plate in to different working areas – from large-panel paint correction to more precise work on tightly contoured parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCushioned \"Special\" backing plate for orbital throw and even polishing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ecushioned backing plate\u003c\/strong\u003e plays a central role on dual-action polishers, because the machine doesn't just spin – it runs an orbital motion at the same time. That combination gives you a particularly safe way to polish, but it also asks more of the plate between machine and pad. On the FLEX \"Special\" backing plate an elastic cushion makes sure that motion carries onto the pad evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cushioning works like a buffer between machine and paint. It takes the edge off pressure spikes and lets the pad follow the contours and curves of the bodywork better. So the pad stays flat on the surface and runs calmer across the paint. Day-to-day that gives you controlled polishing and an even finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn modern clearcoats or sensitive paint systems in particular, this even pressure distribution is the whole game. It lets your polishes work efficiently without hammering one spot harder than the rest. The result is precise defect correction and a clean finish with a far more controlled feel through the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHook-and-loop backing plate for FLEX dual-action polishers and professional detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebacking plate for FLEX dual-action polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e is built to hold polishing pads securely while still letting you swap them fast. The high-grade hook-and-loop face keeps pads centred and steady so they don't creep, even on longer polishing passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional detailing you usually run several polishing steps: from defect correction through intermediate stages to the final high-gloss finish. In that kind of workflow a dependable backing plate matters, because you're swapping pads all the time. A good hook-and-loop face lets you mount pads fast and still sit them securely on the plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the plate is built solid, the pad stays calm and controllable even at higher machine speeds. That lets you guide the polisher precisely and helps you spread polish evenly across the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eØ150 mm and Ø125 mm backing plates – the right size for efficient detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePicking the right plate size has a big say in how fast and how precisely you work on paint. That's why the FLEX \"Special\" backing plate comes in two sizes: Ø150 mm and Ø125 mm. Each one is set up for a different polishing approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 150 mm version is ideal for large body panels like the bonnet, roof or doors. The bigger pad face lets you work more paint per pass, so the polishing goes quicker. This size gets used a lot for large-area defect correction or fast turnarounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe more compact 125 mm version, on the other hand, gives you more precision on tightly contoured parts. Areas like wings, bumpers or the transitions between panels are far easier to control with smaller pads. Plenty of pro detailers reach for this size as a versatile all-rounder across different polishing jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"Ø150mm \"487988\" (BP-M\/R D150 XCE\/XFE)","offer_id":57233846829391,"sku":"D1-FLEX-487988","price":26.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125mm \"487953\" (BP-M\/R D125 XCE\/XFE)","offer_id":57233846862159,"sku":"D1-FLEX-487953","price":26.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-klett-teller-spezial-gedaempft-exzenterpolierer.png?v=1773433041"},{"product_id":"gyeon-q2m-rotary-eccentric-heavy-cut-polierpad","title":"Q²M Heavy Cut polishing pad (Rotary \/ Eccentric)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMaximum cutting power on the pad – GYEON Q²M Heavy Cut polishing pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the GYEON Q²M Heavy Cut polishing pad? The GYEON Q²M Heavy Cut polishing pad is a hard correction pad for rotary and DA machines – built for aggressive defect correction with Q²M Compound+ or other heavy-cut compounds at maximum cut.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you're chasing deep scratches, heavy swirls or badly oxidised paint, the pad matters just as much as the compound. The \u003cstrong\u003eGYEON Q²M Heavy Cut polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most aggressive foam pad in the GYEON polishing line-up – a hard cell structure that pulls every bit of cut out of the compound and still delivers on hard paint or extreme defects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard foam cell structure for maximum compound activation.\u003c\/strong\u003e How hard the pad is decides how aggressively the abrasives in the compound work the paint. The Heavy Cut pad puts maximum pressure into the surface and breaks the abrasives down fully – the highest correction power you get out of a foam pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast compound release so you keep moving.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Q²M Heavy Cut pad takes compound up quickly and lays it down evenly on the panel. The open-cell structure stops the compound drying out in the pad, so the cut stays constant right through the set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on both rotary and DA.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Q²M Heavy Cut pad works on both machine types – on the rotary you get the full cut for extreme defects, on the DA you keep serious correction with a lot more margin for error if you're not a veteran yet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDay-to-day from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always start the Q²M Heavy Cut pad with a test spot somewhere out of sight – especially on soft paint (a lot of imports). Push the Heavy Cut pad too hard and you take off more clear than you meant to. Run speed 6–8 on the DA, 1000–1500 rpm on the rotary. After the correction step with Q²M Compound+ you finish with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e and a soft pad, no shortcuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere the Heavy Cut pad earns its keep\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou grab the Q²M Heavy Cut pad when: deep scratches won't come out fully with a medium compound, the paint is oxidised and flat (cars that went years without any care), stubborn holograms from a bad earlier polish have to go, or a very hard paint (some BMW and Ferrari finishes) simply needs more bite. Heavy Cut pad + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-plus-redefined-heavy-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound+\u003c\/a\u003e is the combo for maximum correction – knowing full well that finishing with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e + a soft pad always has to follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe pad sequence for a full paint correction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn badly defected paint we run a three-step pad sequence: Heavy Cut pad + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-plus-redefined-heavy-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound+\u003c\/a\u003e for the heavy correction, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-cut-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eCut pad\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-medium-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound\u003c\/a\u003e to refine and pull out the holograms the Compound+ left behind, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-finish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eFinish pad\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e for the final gloss. Before the coating: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-prep-entfetter-alkoholbasis\"\u003eQ²M Prep\u003c\/a\u003e as a last IPA wipe-down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLooking after the Heavy Cut pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Q²M Heavy Cut pad is a tough bit of kit that survives plenty of jobs if you look after it. After every polishing session, clean it with a pad brush under running water and rinse every last bit of compound out. Let it dry lying flat. Heavy cut pads normally last longer than softer ones, because the firmer structure doesn't collapse as fast. Still: the moment the pad stops cutting evenly or starts lifting off the backing, replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying advice: the Q²M Heavy Cut pad for serious correction work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GYEON Q²M Heavy Cut polishing pad is the tool of choice for keen detailers and pros working on extreme defects or badly neglected paint. As a complete pad set we'd grab: Q²M Heavy Cut + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-cut-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eCut\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003ePolish\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-finish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/a\u003e pad, paired with the GYEON polishing kit of \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-plus-redefined-heavy-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound+\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-medium-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e for the best results.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GYEON","offers":[{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57335256088911,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRHC80","price":16.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 145 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57335260021071,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRHC145","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Eccentric \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57337502204239,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MEHC80","price":16.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Eccentric \/ Ø 145 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57337502237007,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MEHC146","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/gyeon-q2m-heavy-cut-polierpad.png?v=1774633860"},{"product_id":"gyeon-q2m-cut-rotary-eccentric-polierpad","title":"Q²M Cut Polishing Pad (Rotary \/ Eccentric)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDefect correction with precision – GYEON Q²M Cut Polishing Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the GYEON Q²M Cut Polishing Pad? The GYEON Q²M Cut Polishing Pad is a medium-firm pad for rotary and dual-action machines – built for the correction stage with medium-cut compounds, with even compound pick-up and controlled heat build-up so you can work precisely.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad matters as much to the end result as the compound itself. The \u003cstrong\u003eGYEON Q²M Cut Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for the correction stage of paint work – to run with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-medium-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound\u003c\/a\u003e (medium cut) on both dual-action and rotary machines. The medium-firm foam cell strikes the right balance between compound pick-up, heat build-up and cut, so your defect correction stays controlled and repeatable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium-firm foam cell that takes compound on and gives it back evenly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The foam structure of the Q²M Cut pad is dialled in for medium-cut compounds like Q²M Compound – the pad soaks the compound up evenly and releases it onto the paint in a controlled way, so the finish comes out uniform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControlled heat build-up keeps the paint out of trouble.\u003c\/strong\u003e Too much heat while polishing can damage paint – especially soft paint or wrapped panels. The Q²M Cut pad is built so the heat stays in the safe zone, even when you push the machine settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJust as happy on a dual-action as on a rotary.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Q²M Cut Polishing Pad runs on both machine types – on the dual-action for safer, more forgiving passes, on the rotary when you want more cut. The pad holds its shape, so results stay consistent whichever machine you grab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDay-to-day from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prime the Q²M Cut pad before its first job with a small amount of compound (spread 3–4 drops across the pad and run it in on a piece of cardboard with no pressure). That loads the pad evenly and saves you a patchy first pass. Clean the pad regularly with a pad brush – a clogged pad loses a serious chunk of its cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePicking a pad in the GYEON polishing system: which pad for which job?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGYEON built its pads as one matched system. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-eccentric-heavy-cut-polierpad\"\u003eHeavy Cut pad\u003c\/a\u003e for heavy defects with Compound+, the Q²M Cut pad for medium defects with Q²M Compound, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003ePolish pad\u003c\/a\u003e for fine correction and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-finish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eFinish pad\u003c\/a\u003e for the last pass and coating prep. On top of that come the lambswool pads for the rotary (\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-heavy-cut-polierpad-lammfell-weiss\"\u003eHeavy Cut\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-cut-polierpad-lammfell-grau\"\u003eCut\u003c\/a\u003e) when you want maximum cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePad care and how long a pad lasts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolishing pads are wear parts, but treat them right and they last a lot longer. After every polishing session, clean the pad with a pad brush or a pad washer – compound left sitting in the foam kills your cut and can put scratches back in. The Q²M Cut pad cleans up gently with water and mild soap, and once it is dry it goes straight back to work. A clean pad always beats an old, saturated one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat to pair it with: Q²M Cut pad and compound\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe go-to combo for medium defect correction: Q²M Cut pad + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-medium-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound\u003c\/a\u003e on the dual-action (speed 5–7) or the rotary (1200–1500 rpm). That pairing pulls out everyday swirls, wash marks and light holograms in a single pass. For the finishing step after it: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-finish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eQ²M Finish pad\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e for the final depth of gloss. The matched system gets you professional results you can repeat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Q²M Cut pad on different types of car\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Q²M Cut pad works on every automotive paint – from soft import clearcoats to hard German premium paint. On soft paint: lower speed and less pressure. On hard paint: crank the speed up and you can lean on the pad more. With very soft paint or on a hot day, keep checking that the panel is not overheating. The pad itself is tough and lasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho it is for: the Q²M Cut pad for correction work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GYEON Q²M Cut Polishing Pad is the one you reach for at the correction step of any proper paint job. If you are starting out, run it on the dual-action – safe, forgiving and still effective. As a complete polishing kit: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-eccentric-heavy-cut-polierpad\"\u003eHeavy Cut pad\u003c\/a\u003e + Q²M Cut pad + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003ePolish pad\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-finish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eFinish pad\u003c\/a\u003e – together with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-plus-redefined-heavy-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound+\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-medium-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GYEON","offers":[{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57335257596239,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRC80","price":16.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 145 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57335260938575,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRC145","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Eccentric \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57337615843663,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MEC80","price":16.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Eccentric \/ Ø 145 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57337615876431,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MEC145","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/gyeon-q2m-cut-rotary-eccentric-polierpad.png?v=1774636477"},{"product_id":"gyeon-q2m-polish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad","title":"Q²M Polish Polishing Pad (Rotary \/ Eccentric)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFine correction and gloss in one pad – GYEON Q²M Polish polishing pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the GYEON Q²M Polish polishing pad? The GYEON Q²M Polish polishing pad is a soft to medium foam pad for rotary and dual-action machines – built for fine correction and gloss refinement with Q²M Polish, sitting between the correction step and the final finishing pass.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the GYEON pad line-up, the Q²M Polish pad sits between correction and finishing – softer than the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-cut-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eCut pad\u003c\/a\u003e, but still a touch more aggressive than the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-finish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eFinish pad\u003c\/a\u003e. Paired with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e you get a single pass that does the fine correction (light compound holograms) and builds gloss at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft-to-medium foam cell design for fine correction and gloss.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Q²M Polish pad is firmer than a pure finishing pad but softer than a correction pad – exactly the hardness you want for the fine-correction stage, where you clear the last compound holograms and pull maximum gloss out of the paint at the same time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTuned for Q²M Polish – clean product release.\u003c\/strong\u003e The foam cell structure of the Polish pad is matched to how fine the Q²M Polish abrasives are: it picks the polish up and lays it back down evenly, so the result stays consistent and streak-free across the whole panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on rotary and dual-action machines.\u003c\/strong\u003e You can use the Q²M Polish pad on both machine types – on the DA for safe, forgiving finishing, on the rotary at low speed for serious gloss on big panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDay-to-day from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the Q²M Polish pad at medium machine speed (DA setting 5–6, rotary 1000–1200 rpm). Take the last pass on each panel slow and overlapping – that is how you keep it streak-free. After the polishing step, check the result under a halogen or LED work lamp: fine holograms are much harder to spot in direct sunlight than under artificial raking light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Q²M Polish pad in a three-stage polish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a three-stage polish the Polish pad takes the middle slot: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-eccentric-heavy-cut-polierpad\"\u003eHeavy Cut pad\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-plus-redefined-heavy-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound+\u003c\/a\u003e for heavy defects → Q²M Polish pad + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e for fine correction and the first round of gloss → \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-finish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eFinish pad\u003c\/a\u003e + Q²M Polish for the final refinement. The Polish pad knocks the Compound+ holograms back and already does most of the gloss work – which leaves the closing finish step as a short but important tidy-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ²M Polish pad for a one-step polish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with light to medium defects, the Polish pad + Q²M Polish works as your only polishing combo in a one-step. The Polish pad has enough bite for fine swirls and wash marks and enough softness for high gloss without holograms. That combination is ideal for the yearly refresh polish on a well-kept car – no compound needed, minimal clear coat taken off, best possible result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePad care and service life\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook after the Q²M Polish pad and it lasts. Clean it with a pad brush under running water after every polishing session. The finer foam structure of the Polish pad (softer than Heavy Cut or Cut) takes heavy loading less well – when the machine work gets brutal, switch to firmer pads and spare the Polish pad. Dry it flat, and never store it compressed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying tip: the complete GYEON polishing pad system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Q²M Polish polishing pad is a core part of the complete GYEON polishing system. As a full set: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-eccentric-heavy-cut-polierpad\"\u003eHeavy Cut pad\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-cut-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eCut pad\u003c\/a\u003e + Q²M Polish pad + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-finish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eFinish pad\u003c\/a\u003e – all four polishing stages covered. Add the lambswool pads (\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-heavy-cut-polierpad-lammfell-weiss\"\u003eRotary Wool Heavy Cut\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-cut-polierpad-lammfell-grau\"\u003eRotary Wool Cut\u003c\/a\u003e) for the rotary and you have the most complete polishing pad set-up for professional paint correction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GYEON","offers":[{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57335258677583,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRP80","price":16.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 145 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57335260971343,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRP145","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Eccentric \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57337723191631,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MEP80","price":16.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Eccentric \/ Ø 145 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57337723224399,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MEP145","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/gyeon-q2m-polish-polierpad.png?v=1774638526"},{"product_id":"gyeon-q2m-finish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad","title":"Q²M Finish Polishing Pad (Rotary \/ Eccentric)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eThe last step to a flawless gloss – GYEON Q²M Finish polishing pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the GYEON Q²M Finish polishing pad? The GYEON Q²M Finish polishing pad is a soft finishing pad for rotary and DA machines – built for the last polishing stage with finishing compounds, for maximum depth of gloss and a hologram-free surface ready for coatings.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe finish pad is what crowns every paint correction job. \u003cstrong\u003eGYEON Q²M Finish polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for the final polishing stage with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e – a soft, fine foam cell structure that takes up finishing compounds and lays them down evenly on the paint. What you get is a hologram-free, high-gloss finish – the perfect base for a ceramic coating, or the end result of a full correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft foam cell structure for gentle finishing without holograms.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Q²M Finish pad is the softest pad in the GYEON polishing system – made for the finishing phase, where you no longer want cut, just perfect spread and gloss build-up. That soft structure keeps holograms from forming on the finishing pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for GYEON Q²M Polish – the combo for deep gloss.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pad and polish are matched to each other: the Q²M Finish pad spreads the fine abrasives in Q²M Polish evenly and pulls the full gloss potential out of the finishing compound – maximum depth of gloss from the very last polishing step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on both DA and rotary machines – versatile.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Q²M Finish pad works on either machine type. On a DA it gives you soft, streak-free results – ideal for the finishing pass on freshly corrected paint. On a rotary at low speed it also earns its keep on gloss-refining passes after the correction step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDay-to-day from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e To get the best out of the Q²M Finish pad: mist the pad lightly (one spritz of water on the face) before you lay the compound down – that stops the compound drying into the pores. On a DA, work at medium speed (5–6) – too much speed on a soft finish pad kills the polishing load. When you are done, clean the pad straight away with a pad brush and water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe GYEON polishing system: which pad for which step?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GYEON Q²M polishing system is laid out clearly: heavy defect correction is the job of the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-eccentric-heavy-cut-polierpad\"\u003eHeavy Cut pad\u003c\/a\u003e with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-plus-redefined-heavy-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound+\u003c\/a\u003e. Medium correction goes to the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-cut-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eCut pad\u003c\/a\u003e with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-medium-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003ePolish pad\u003c\/a\u003e with Q²M Polish handles fine correction and high-gloss build-up, and finally the Q²M Finish pad with Q²M Polish for the absolute finishing touch – hologram-free, deep gloss, coating-ready. Every pad has its clearly defined slot in the sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinishing: the step that makes the difference\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlenty of paint jobs stop after the correction step – the paint looks good, but not perfect. Finishing with a soft pad and a finishing compound takes the result to another level: the last fine holograms and buffer trails from the correction step go away, gloss gets pushed to the max, and the surface is prepped for a ceramic coating. With the Q²M Finish pad and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e that step is easy to run and gives you consistently excellent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePad care for a long service life\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolishing pads are an investment that will see out plenty of sessions if you look after them. Clean the Q²M Finish pad after every session with a pad brush under running water – flush the compound residue out of the pores. Let the pad air-dry lying flat – never squeeze it or store it squashed in a tight box. A clean, well-kept pad reliably beats an old, saturated one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying advice: Q²M Finish pad for the perfect finish on your paint\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GYEON Q²M Finish polishing pad is the last link in a professional paint correction – and the one that decides the final impression. Skip the finish pad and you give away gloss and risk visible holograms under the coating. For a complete pad set we would go: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-eccentric-heavy-cut-polierpad\"\u003eHeavy Cut\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-cut-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003eCut\u003c\/a\u003e + \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-rotary-eccentric-polierpad\"\u003ePolish\u003c\/a\u003e + Finish pad, paired with the full GYEON polishing kit of \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-plus-redefined-heavy-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound+\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-compound-medium-cut-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Compound\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-polish-finishing-lackpolitur\"\u003eQ²M Polish\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GYEON","offers":[{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57335258841423,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRF80","price":16.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 145 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57335261004111,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRF145","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Eccentric \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57337737412943,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MEF80","price":16.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Eccentric \/ Ø 145 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57337737445711,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MEF145","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/gyeon-q2m-finish-polierpad.png?v=1774638886"},{"product_id":"gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-heavy-cut-polierpad-lammfell-weiss","title":"Q²M Rotary Wool Heavy Cut Polishing Pad \/ Lambswool (White)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMaximum cut for the hardest cases – GYEON Q²M Rotary Wool Heavy Cut polishing pad, white\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhen do I need a heavy-cut pad, and when is a regular cut pad enough?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA regular cut pad handles medium to heavy defects just fine – holograms, swirls, surface scratches. A heavy-cut pad like the GYEON Q²M Rotary Wool Heavy Cut in white is what you keep back for the worst of it: scratches ground in deep, heavy oxidation, stubborn water spots etched into the paint, and cars that have gone years without any care at all. That is where you need maximum cut – and that is exactly what the heavy-cut pad gives you.\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSome cars are simply past what normal correction can fix. Paint that has oxidised under years of sun. Deep scratches picked up in automatic washes. Etched water spots that have changed the surface structure for good. The GYEON Q²M Rotary Wool Heavy Cut polishing pad in white is built for exactly those extremes: the most aggressive pad in the GYEON line-up, dialled in for maximum cut on a rotary. The pad for pros who do not get a second go at it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum cutting power:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heavy-cut pad delivers the highest cut in the GYEON pad line-up – for defects that would cost you far too many passes with a normal cut pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThick lambswool fibres that reach deeper:\u003c\/strong\u003e the longer, denser wool fibres bite further into the paint surface and pull out even defects that sit deep down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for rotary work:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for high rotational speeds and the extra energy a rotary puts in – full performance without the heat running away from you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaniel's tip from the day-to-day:\u003c\/strong\u003e A heavy-cut pad is a pro tool and it demands respect. Always start with a test spot to find the right compound-and-pad combination and the right machine setting. Too much pressure or too many revs will hurt even hard paint. After the heavy-cut step, plan for at least two finishing stages: first the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-cut-polierpad-lammfell-grau\"\u003eQ²M Rotary Wool Cut in grey\u003c\/a\u003e for the middle stage, then a fine finishing pad for the gloss.\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it belongs: the defects that call for heavy cut\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-cut pads are for extreme cases – in day-to-day detailing the regular cut pad does the job. Typical heavy-cut situations: cars with neglected paint after several years without a proper correction, cars carrying deep tunnel-wash holograms that a normal compound pad does not pull out completely, or badly oxidised metallics that you simply cannot save without aggressive cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepping a car for a wrap or paint protection film (PPF) often calls for a heavy-cut step too, so the defects are gone before the film goes on. Once PPF is applied nothing underneath can be corrected any more – a full heavy-cut step here is not perfectionism, it is doing the job properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGetting the combination right: pad, polish and machine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-cut pad only shows what it can do with a strongly cutting compound and a rotary with real power. Not every polish suits this job – the compound needs enough abrasive to work with the fibre structure of a lambswool pad. A polish that is too fine on a heavy-cut pad just gets you overheating and uneven cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine setting counts just as much. With the Rotary Wool Heavy Cut, do not go straight to full speed – work the pad and the polish in at medium revs first, then step it up. Constant movement, even pressure, never standing still on one spot. That is how you avoid hot spots that damage the paint for good.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe workflow after the heavy cut\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-cut step is only ever the first in a multi-stage polishing sequence. The marks the Wool Heavy Cut leaves behind – fine, circular buffer trails – have to come out in the following steps. The standard route: after the heavy cut, take the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-cut-polierpad-lammfell-grau\"\u003eGYEON Q²M Rotary Wool Cut in grey\u003c\/a\u003e with a medium polish to clear the coarsest marks, then bring up the gloss with a finishing pad and a final polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter that three-stage process the paint is ready for protection. Depending on the car and what the customer wants, that means a carnauba wax, a straightforward sealant or a proper ceramic coating. If you want fast, reliable single-layer protection, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-wetcoat-nassversiegelung\"\u003eGYEON Q²M WetCoat\u003c\/a\u003e is an excellent option straight after the final wash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePad care and how long it lasts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLambswool pads are tougher than foam pads, but they ask for more care. Clear the polish residue out with a pad washer right after every use – hardened compound wrecks the fibre structure and costs you cut permanently. After the session, wash it out in clean water or with pad shampoo, squeeze it out (do not wring it), and air-dry it flat or hanging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooked after regularly and properly, a quality lambswool pad like the Q²M Rotary Wool Heavy Cut is good for a lot of jobs. It pays for itself far faster than cheaper pads that lose their cut after a handful of cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should be reaching for the heavy-cut pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Q²M Rotary Wool Heavy Cut is clearly a pro tool. If you have no experience with a rotary, do not start with the most aggressive pad – the risk of overheating and paint damage is real. For experienced detailers and pros, on the other hand, it is the one tool you cannot do without when nothing else is enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor anyone working professionally, heavy-cut pads are basic kit. If you regularly bring badly neglected cars back into shape, for dealers, leasing companies or private restorations, you need this tool. Paired with the right compound and a powerful rotary, the GYEON Q²M Rotary Wool Heavy Cut gets results that no other pad reaches this efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GYEON","offers":[{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57335259038031,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRWHC80","price":19.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 130 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57335261102415,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRWHC130","price":24.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-heavy-cut-polierpad-lammfell-weiss.png?v=1774632482"},{"product_id":"gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-cut-polierpad-lammfell-grau","title":"Q²M Rotary Wool Cut Polishing Pad \/ Lambswool (Grey)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLambswool power for the rotary – GYEON Q²M Rotary Wool Cut polishing pad, grey\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between a lambswool pad and a foam polishing pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFoam pads work with even pressure and are easy to control – but with deep scratches and heavy holograms they hit their limits. Lambswool pads like the GYEON Q²M Rotary Wool Cut cut more aggressively, because the natural fibres, with their three-dimensional structure, put more mechanical energy into the paint. The result: far faster removal on demanding defects – made for rotary machines that can actually deliver that power.\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy paint defects – deep scratches, stubborn holograms, oxidised paint or the classic cobweb effect on neglected cars – need real removal, not a half-hearted polish. The GYEON Q²M Rotary Wool Cut polishing pad in grey is built for exactly these jobs: a lambswool pad for rotary work that chews through deep defects efficiently. The choice for pros who know that real correction doesn't come without real graft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh cutting power from natural fibre:\u003c\/strong\u003e the lambswool fibres bite mechanically into the paint and strip defects efficiently – more removal per minute than comparable foam pads of the same grade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTuned for rotary machines:\u003c\/strong\u003e the pad is designed for the higher rotational speeds and the linear energy input of rotary polishers – that maximises cutting power and keeps unnecessary heat down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-lasting and reusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e looked after properly, lambswool pads outlast aggressive foam pads by a mile – the fibres bounce back after cleaning and hold their cutting power over many jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaniel's hands-on tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Don't start the Rotary Wool Cut at too high a speed – kick off at a medium speed (1200–1500 rpm) to work the pad in and spread the polish. At full speed without enough product you're risking uneven removal and hot spots. After the job, wash the pad out thoroughly with a pad washer or under running water and hang it up to dry – that's how the fibre structure stays intact.\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRotary vs. DA: when do I need the Rotary Wool Cut?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual-action machines are the everyday tool for most detailers – safe, forgiving and, with good pads, up to medium correction too. But on heavy holograms, oxidation or deep defects in hard paint, DA machines run out of road. That's where the rotary comes in: the continuous rotation delivers more mechanical energy, and the lambswool pad transfers that energy onto the surface efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Q²M Rotary Wool Cut in grey is the more aggressive counterpart to the white heavy-cut pad – built for control-cut jobs, where you want removal with control. For maximum removal, there's the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-heavy-cut-polierpad-lammfell-weiss\"\u003eGYEON Q²M Rotary Wool Heavy Cut\u003c\/a\u003e in white. After the correction stage with the Rotary Wool Cut, you'll usually follow up with a finishing polish on a less aggressive pad to take out the working marks completely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable polishes for the Rotary Wool Cut\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePicking the right polish makes or breaks the result. With the Rotary Wool Cut you can run heavy-cutting compounds efficiently – the pad speeds up the removal and cuts down the number of passes. The polish should carry enough abrasives to work in harmony with the pad. Polishes that are too fine on an aggressive lambswool pad can lead to overheating and uneven removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the correction stage, always follow up with a finishing pad and a finishing polish to fully wipe out the fine working marks left by the aggressive cutting. The goal is always a hologram- and scratch-free, deep-gloss paint that's ready for the final sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePad care for maximum lifespan\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLambswool pads are an investment that pays off long-term when you look after them. After every job the pad should be cleaned thoroughly – ideally with a pad washer while you're polishing, and after the session under running water or in a bucket with pad wash. The fibres have to be cleared completely of polish residue, which otherwise clumps up and knocks the cutting power down for good.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter washing, air-dry the pad – never in the tumble dryer, since heat wrecks the fibre structure. Store it dry and dust-free, ideally in a protective sleeve. A well-kept lambswool pad can see out dozens of jobs and still deliver consistent cutting power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe cut pad in the correction workflow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe typical workflow with the Q²M Rotary Wool Cut: assess the paint, set your machine (speed, pressure, feed rate), work a test spot with the pad and a suitable compound, check the result. Only then take on the whole area. Always go panel by panel, never the whole car at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the Rotary Wool Cut comes the finishing stage – here a finishing pad and a final polish do the job, taking out the working marks from the Wool Cut and bringing the paint up to a high gloss. To finish, the car should be sealed with a coating or wax. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gyeon-q2m-wetcoat-nassversiegelung\"\u003eGYEON Q²M WetCoat\u003c\/a\u003e gives you a quick way to seal straight after the last wash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Q²M Rotary Wool Cut is the right choice for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Q²M Rotary Wool Cut is aimed at experienced detailers and pros who work with the rotary and want a reliable, high-performance lambswool pad for correction work. For beginners and DA users we'd suggest starting out with foam pads and a DA machine first – running a rotary with wool takes experience and a feel for machine pressure and heat build-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're regularly correcting hard-worn cars – ex-fleet, lease returns or cars with neglected paint – you'll come to rate the Q²M Rotary Wool Cut as an indispensable tool in your pad line-up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GYEON","offers":[{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 80 mm (2 pieces)","offer_id":57335259103567,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRWC80","price":19.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rotary \/ Ø 130 mm (1 piece)","offer_id":57335261167951,"sku":"D1-GYEON-Q2MRWC130","price":24.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/gyeon-q2m-rotary-wool-cut-polierpad-lammfell-grau.png?v=1774632020"},{"product_id":"meguiars-soft-buff-da-foam-finishing-disc","title":"SOFT BUFF DA Foam Finishing Disc Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMeguiar's SOFT BUFF DA Foam Finishing Disc — the finishing pad for DA orbital polishers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommon question:\u003c\/strong\u003e “I’ve got a DA orbital polisher and I want to lay down wax or sealant — which pad do I need for that, and why isn’t the finishing pad the same as the cutting pad?”\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe answer is simpler than it sounds: the Meguiar's SOFT BUFF DA Foam Finishing Disc is exactly the right \u003cstrong\u003epolishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e for the final step of your paint work. It’s not a cutting pad that carries aggressive compounds, and it’s not a compound pad for the heavy lifting up front — it’s built specifically for finishing polishes, wax and paint sealant products, so everything that comes after the actual correction stage. The soft foam structure is designed to pull maximum gloss out of the paint with minimal pressure, spread your product evenly across the panel and leave a mirror-smooth, streak-free finish. The pad fits every common DA orbital polisher with a 5-inch backing plate, which puts it right in line with the best-selling entry- and mid-range machines on the market. Once you’ve worked with the right finishing pad, you get straight away why the pros keep a dedicated pad for each stage — you simply can’t get the same result with a one-does-it-all pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDialled in for wax, sealant and finishing polishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e The foam density of the SOFT BUFF DA Finishing Disc is set up to take on and release finishing products evenly — without choking the product like a pad that’s too hard, or saturating too fast like one that’s too soft. What you get is an even, gap-free layer with the product spread properly across the whole surface. With Carnauba waxes and ceramic boosters especially, the right pad makes or breaks the end result.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum gloss with minimal pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The soft foam of the Finishing Disc works up serious gloss even under light pressure — the throw of the DA polisher and the even product spread do the work, not muscle from your arm. That’s easy on the clear coat, keeps hot spots from building up, and delivers a deep, even gloss right across the treated panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDA-compatible with every common orbital polisher:\u003c\/strong\u003e The SOFT BUFF DA Foam Finishing Disc works with 5-inch DA polishers — the most common format on entry- and mid-range machines. It presses straight onto the polisher’s Velcro backing plate and is good to go in a couple of seconds. No extra adapter system needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDay-to-day from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always start the SOFT BUFF Finishing Disc with what we call the priming method: put polish on the pad and, before you switch on, run the machine across the panel to spread the product by hand first. Only then flick the machine on — that stops the product flinging off the pad on start-up. After the job, wash the pad out with a soft brush or under lukewarm water, press the excess water out (don’t wring it) and let it dry flat. A well-looked-after pad lasts a lot of jobs.\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat a dedicated finishing pad is for — and how it differs from other pads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe first time you pick up a DA polisher, you run into a confusing spread of pads: cutting pad, polishing pad, finishing pad — and every maker has its own colour and naming system. The basic idea is always the same, though: different pads have different hardness grades and foam structures, matched to different polishing stages and products. A cutting pad is hard and dense, made to work aggressive compounds into the clear coat. A finishing pad is soft and open, made to lay fine polishes and protection products down evenly, without aggressive material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SOFT BUFF DA Foam Finishing Disc sits firmly in the finishing camp. Its soft cell structure takes product on without blocking it, and releases it evenly across the working area. With finishing polishes and waxes that gives you an effect a cutting pad physically can’t reach: dead-even product spread, no excess, no dry spots, no patchy gloss. Finish your paint correction on a cutting pad and you throw away the last — and most important — quality step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn pro paint correction the rule of thumb is: the finer the product, the softer the pad. The Finishing Disc is the softest pad type in the system — perfect for the final touch. That’s exactly why pro detailers keep several pads on hand: one for each stage. The SOFT BUFF DA Finishing Disc covers that last, decisive step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOne thing worth flagging: the Finishing Disc isn’t the pad for aggressive compounds or heavy polishes. The soft structure would saturate too fast and wouldn’t work the compound into the paint properly. Coarse correction work needs harder pads. The SOFT BUFF Finishing Disc is the last pad in the chain — it gives the paint its final gloss and lays the protection layer on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStep by step — how to get the best result\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrep: wash, dry and clay the car (if you haven’t done it recently). Start the Finishing Disc with a new pad, or a clean, washed-out one — a pad still holding residue from an earlier polish or compound gives you uneven results. Press the pad onto the DA polisher’s Velcro plate — it should sit evenly and firm, with no air pockets underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eApplying product: put a pea-sized amount of finishing polish, wax or sealant in the centre of the pad. Set the machine down on the paint switched off — never drop a spinning pad onto the panel, it flings product all over the place. Then run it across the surface by hand to rough-spread the product before you switch the machine on. Start on a low setting (1–2) and bring the speed up gradually to 3–4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMovement pattern: work in overlapping, even passes — horizontal or diagonal, always in the same direction. Don’t dwell too long on one spot; keep the machine moving slowly across the panel. For a finishing product, two or three passes over each section usually do it — by the third pass the polish is worked in almost clear. That’s the sign the product is spread just right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWrapping up: lift the pad off the panel before the machine stops. Buff off any product residue with a fresh microfibre in circular motions. What’s left is a deep, even gloss with no residue. Wash the pad out straight after use — dried-in product shortens its life badly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct comparison \u0026amp; buying advice — the SOFT BUFF Finishing Disc side by side\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Meguiar's SOFT BUFF DA Foam Finishing Disc is the first add-on pad for anyone who already owns a DA polisher and wants to take their result up a level. For beginners who haven’t got a machine yet, we’d point you at the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.detailing1.de\/products\/meguiars-quik-eraser-scratch-kit\"\u003eQUIK Eraser Scratch Kit\u003c\/a\u003e to start with — it gets you similar polishing results for the odd scratch with a drill, without the outlay on a full DA polisher. The SOFT BUFF Finishing Disc, on the other hand, is the logical add-on for anyone who already owns a DA machine and wants to put it to proper use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNext to cheaper one-does-it-all pads from other makers, the SOFT BUFF Finishing Disc is clearly the better tool for even product spread and final gloss, thanks to its precisely tuned foam structure. Cheaper pads often saturate too fast or spread product unevenly, which leads to streaking and a patchy result. For a pad that decides the final look of the car outright, quality is worth paying for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor anyone building a full polishing workflow: the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.detailing1.de\/products\/meguiars-scratchx\"\u003eScratchX 2.0 scratch remover\u003c\/a\u003e pairs beautifully with the Finishing Disc — run as a light correction polish and then finished off with the Finishing Disc, this two-step process gives you pro results on cars with light paint scratches and dullness. The Finishing Disc handles the last, decisive step and seals in the result of the correction stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and longevity — how to keep the pad in top shape for the long run\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA quality polishing pad is an investment that pays for itself over the years if you look after it right. Wash the SOFT BUFF DA Foam Finishing Disc out immediately after every use — dried-in polish in the foam structure is hard to shift and knocks back the polishing action noticeably next time out. Use warm water to wash it out and gently push the pad from the inside out to work the product residue free — never wring or crush it, that permanently damages the foam’s cell structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the pad still shows staining or product residue after washing, a gentle pad cleaner or a bit of washing-up liquid as a soak for 10–15 minutes before you wash it out again does the trick. Always air-dry the pad flat or hung up — never in direct sun or on a radiator, since the heat expands the foam and hardens the material over time. Looked after and handled gently, a SOFT BUFF Finishing Disc lasts many dozens of jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSigns of pad wear: the pad loses its even, flat shape and shows irregular dents or hard spots in the surface. The polishing action drops off noticeably even with fresh product. The foam starts breaking up at the edges or the rim. When that happens, swap the pad for a new one — a worn pad gives uneven results that fresh product alone won’t fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions about the Meguiar's SOFT BUFF DA Foam Finishing Disc\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich DA polishers is the pad compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SOFT BUFF DA Foam Finishing Disc is compatible with every common DA orbital polisher that has a 5-inch Velcro backing plate. That covers the best-selling entry- and mid-range models from the usual polishing-machine makers. If your backing plate is a different size, check its diameter first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat products is the Finishing Disc suited to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinishing polishes, Carnauba waxes, paint sealants, ceramic booster sprays and gloss enhancers. Not suited to aggressive compounds or cutting polishes — those need harder pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often do I need to wash the pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash it out straight after every use, before the product dries in. Between two polishing sections in the same session a quick tap-out is enough. A thorough wash at the end of each session extends its life a lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the pad by hand too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad is built for machine use, but you can use it by hand for the odd small spot. For full-panel work the machine gives you far more even and effective results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I tell the pad needs replacing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn uneven shape, hard spots in the surface, polishing action dropping off despite fresh product, or foam edges breaking away are all signs of wear. When in doubt, a new pad beats risking a bad result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Meguiars","offers":[{"title":"5 inches (12.7 cm)","offer_id":57344814285135,"sku":"D1-MEG-DFF5","price":25.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 inches (15.24 cm)","offer_id":57345050313039,"sku":"D1-MEG-DFF6","price":26.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/Meguiars-SOFT-BUFF-DA-Foam-Finishing-Disc-Polierpad-5-Zoll-127-cm_PS1.jpg?v=1775376462"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE ExzenterPad weich 125 polishing pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHologram-free finish polishing with the SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad weich 125 — soft, fine-pored, precise\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat makes the SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad weich 125 special? This soft, fine-pored finish polishing pad for random-orbital machines gets you hologram-free, deep-gloss results on delicate paint — thanks to an open-cell foam structure with optimal polish uptake and even pressure distribution.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn finish polishing, the last few microns of paint surface decide between success and failure — too hard a pad, too aggressive a polish or uneven pressure leaves holograms that only show up in direct sunlight. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad weich 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for exactly this final stage: soft, fine-pored foam that takes up and releases polish evenly, gives you gentle cut without any hologram risk, and works precisely on random-orbital machines with a 125 mm backing plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft foam structure for a hologram-free finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ExzenterPad weich 125 is made from fine-pored, soft foam that stores the polish in the pad and spreads it evenly across the paint through the orbital motion of the machine. This controlled release stops local build-ups that would cause uneven cut and holograms. The result is a clear, deep gloss with no inclusions left to chase down afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimised 140 mm diameter for a 125 mm backing plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad has an outer diameter of 140 mm on a 125 mm backing plate — the 7.5 mm overhang on each side keeps the edge of the backing plate from touching the paint directly and leaving scratches. This sizing is dialled in for use on random-orbital machines like the SONAX PROFILINE PE12-2 random orbital or comparable 125 mm systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop backing for quick pad swaps.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back of the pad has a hook-and-loop system that lets you swap pads fast — no tools, no waiting. In a pro setting, where you run several pads for different steps during one detail, that quick swap is a real time-saver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightly dampen the ExzenterPad weich 125 with water before its first use and \"prime\" it with a small amount of polish — let the machine run in briefly at low speed before you start the actual polishing pass. That saturates the pores of the pad evenly and stops the first few centimetres of panel getting worked with too much or too little polish. Clean the pad after every car with a pad brush or compressed air to pull out the polish residue it has soaked up and keep the pore structure open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild and technology of the ExzenterPad weich 125 — foam structure, cell openness and polish uptake\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad weich 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is made from a soft, open-cell polyurethane foam whose structure is tuned specifically to work with the finish polishes in the SONAX PROFILINE line. Open-cell foam takes up polish better than closed-cell foam, because the connected pores hold the liquid polish in the pad by capillary action and release it evenly under pressure — much like a sponge soaks up water and gives it back when you squeeze it, but with a controlled flow rate set by the structure of the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHow soft the pad is has a direct effect on the cut: a hard pad transfers more pressure to the paint and delivers stronger cutting power — handy for heavy correction or scratch removal, but too aggressive for finish polishing. A soft pad like the ExzenterPad weich 125 cushions part of the pressure, which gives you a more even spread of force across the whole pad face. The result is a gentle but effective cutting process that lets finish polishes show their full effect without damaging the surface through high-pressure spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe thickness of the ExzenterPad weich 125 is chosen so that the orbital motion of the machine is damped — thicker pads damp the rotation more and give a softer feel at work, which is what you want for finish work on freshly corrected paint. Pads that are too thin pass the machine's motion straight onto the paint, which can leave marks with aggressive polishes. The ExzenterPad weich 125 is built around a thickness that activates the typical SONAX PROFILINE high-gloss polishes perfectly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother technical point is heat build-up while polishing. Soft pads generate less friction heat than hard pads thanks to the damped pressure transfer — an advantage on delicate paint such as single-stage clear coats, water-based paints or older paints with no hardener. Too much heat can soften these paints and lead to so-called \"buffer trails\" that are hard to remove. By the nature of its material, the ExzenterPad weich 125 runs inherently cooler than its harder counterparts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePad care and cleaning directly affect both lifespan and the quality of your results. After every use, pull the polish residue out with a pad brush or compressed air; after a work session, give it a basic clean with lukewarm water or a dedicated pad cleaner. Don't put foam pads in the dryer after a wet clean — the heat can damage the cell structure and harden the pad for good. Air-drying at room temperature keeps the open-cell structure, and with it the polish uptake, intact over many uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the ExzenterPad weich 125 the right way — machine, polish and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ExzenterPad weich 125 is built as a pure finish pad and plays to its strengths on the final polishing step of a paint correction. In a typical two-stage detailing workflow you first run the correction with a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/a\u003e or a hard pad — scratches, swirls and oxidised areas get removed. The ExzenterPad weich 125 then takes over the final polish: it works finish polishes into the corrected surface, removes the fine sanding marks from the previous stage and brings out the final high gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe polish you pick has a big say in the result on the soft pad. Finish polishes like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP \"03-06\" high-gloss polish\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-ex-04-06-hochglanz-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE EX \"04-06\" high-gloss polish\u003c\/a\u003e are tuned to work with soft pads: low abrasiveness, high gloss development, a low-residue formula. Don't run aggressive cutting compounds on the ExzenterPad weich 125 — the pad's low abrasiveness can't make the most of the polish's full cut, and the leftover sanding marks stay in the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the machine setting, the soft pad likes the mid speed steps (step 3–4 on a 6-step machine). Higher steps raise the friction heat and can wear the soft pad faster; steps that are too low don't fully activate the polish and drag out the working time with no gain in quality. You put the polish on the pad in small amounts as dots — about 3–4 pea-sized blobs for an area of 40 × 50 cm. Too much polish throws spatter while you work it in and stretches out the buffing time; too little lets the pad run dry and raises the friction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn the random-orbital machine you work the ExzenterPad weich 125 in overlapping passes across the work area — a 50% overlap makes sure no stripes or transitions stay visible. Keep the contact pressure light: the dead weight of the machine is usually enough for the soft pad; pressing too hard compresses the pores and stops the polish spreading evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eResults and uses — which paints and cars the ExzenterPad weich 125 is ideal for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ExzenterPad weich 125 is built for delicate, modern clear coats that need a gentle, hologram-free final pass after correction. It's especially good for new cars with soft factory clear coats — these paints react badly to over-abrasion and show holograms fast when worked with pads that are too hard or polishes that are too aggressive. On these paints, the soft pad paired with a low-abrasive finish polish gets you results that are fully hologram-free to the naked eye and in direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor cars with very soft paint — often from Japanese makers like Toyota, Mazda or Honda — the ExzenterPad weich 125 is the finish pad to reach for. These paints react strongly to pressure points and pad edges; the even pressure distribution of the soft pad stops the \"buffer trails\" that show up fast on such paint with harder pads. The pad's sizing for 125 mm systems suits the random-orbital machines most commonly used for detailing work on normal car panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ExzenterPad weich 125 also suits one-step polishes that combine cut and gloss in a single step. On fresh, lightly marked paint — say a new-car prep or a regularly maintained vehicle — a soft pad paired with a one-step polish is enough to reduce the swirls that are there and build a deep gloss at the same time. This single-stage detailing saves time and is an economical option for shops with high vehicle throughput, without giving up quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you're detailing cars with ceramic coatings, the ExzenterPad weich 125 works there too — as an applicator pad for liquid ceramic coatings that go on and get worked in with a machine. In that use, the pad takes over from the hand applicator and lets you lay down a more even layer thickness across large areas. Cleaning the pad after a coating application does need special care, though, since cured ceramic residue can render the pad useless — so right after applying, flush the pad thoroughly with a solvent or isopropyl alcohol before the coating sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe ExzenterPad weich 125 compared — how it differs from the ExzenterPad medium and ExzenterPad hard\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad range covers three hardness grades, each built for a different step in the detailing workflow. Understanding the differences helps you pick the right pad for each step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hard\u003c\/a\u003e is the correction pad for the first step — it transfers the machine's pressure straight onto the paint and fully activates the cut of cutting compounds. On a hard pad, a cutting polish removes deep scratches, swirls and heavy oxidation effectively, but leaves fine sanding marks in the paint that have to be removed in the next step. The ExzenterPad medium bridges the gap — it's softer than the hard pad, but still abrasive enough for polishing polishes that clean up the residual marks of the cutting step. The ExzenterPad weich 125 sits at the end of this sequence: maximum gentleness, minimum abrasion, maximum gloss development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA common day-to-day mistake is mixing different polish types on a single pad. Run several polishes one after another on the same pad and you risk unpredictable reactions between the formulas and uneven cut rates. In a pro setting the rule holds: one pad, one polish. When the polishing stage changes, the pad changes too — clearly labelled and stored separately. This principle applies to all three ExzenterPad hardness grades and gives you repeatable, quality-consistent results across many cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice between these hardness grades comes down to the state of the paint and the result you want. On a car with heavy weathering and deep scratches you start with the hard pad and work your way through the medium pad to the soft pad. On a near-new car with light swirls you can start straight off with the ExzenterPad medium or even the ExzenterPad weich 125 — no correction, just polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the ExzenterPad weich 125 — system recommendation and use in a pro setting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother advantage of the PROFILINE system is how well it documents for a pro setting. Work with a clearly defined pad-and-polish system and pick the right pad for each paint type, and you can explain to the customer in a traceable way which tools were used for which result — a mark of quality that builds trust and generates repeat business. The ExzenterPad weich 125 can be clearly positioned as the \"finish pad, stage 3\" — transparent for the customer and firmly anchored in your own workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad weich 125 is aimed mainly at professional detailers, reconditioning shops and workshops that work with 125 mm random-orbital machines and want to finish the last polishing step carefully. As a single pad for a specific step in the workflow, it's tuned to all the random-orbital polishes in the SONAX PROFILINE line — from the NP \"03-06\" finish polish to the OS \"02-06\" one-step polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a pro setting it pays to buy several ExzenterPads weich 125 at once. Over the course of a detail the pad soaks up polish residue; run the same pad on the next car without cleaning it in between and worked-in dirt particles can act as a scratch risk. With a set of 3–5 pads you can fully detail a car without having to clean and dry pads mid-job — the shop stays efficient and the results stay consistent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ExzenterPad weich 125 pairs ideally with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eExzenterPad medium\u003c\/a\u003e for two-stage workflows or with the ExzenterPad hard for demanding three-stage corrections. Run the complete pad system from SONAX PROFILINE and you benefit from a matched product line where pads and polishes were developed together — no need to test compatibility between different makers by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"1 piece","offer_id":57345155891535,"sku":"D1-SNX-4925000","price":12.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125_1-stueck.png?v=1774736579"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-filzpad-125-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE FilzPad 125 polishing pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWork glass polish and sanding pastes precisely with the SONAX PROFILINE FilzPad 125\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat makes the SONAX PROFILINE FilzPad 125 special? This aggressive felt disc is built for machine work with glass polishes and sanding pastes — it runs on glass, paint and metal polishes, where foam pads would be far too soft.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot every polishing job comes off with a foam pad. Glass polishes, sanding pastes for deep paint damage and clouded plastic windows all need a material with much more cut of its own and a different fibre structure than foam. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FilzPad 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is made exactly for that: a dense, aggressive felt disc, 125 mm across, that runs on both dual-action and rotary machines and really shows its strength where soft foam simply won't generate enough cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive felt structure for maximum cut.\u003c\/strong\u003e Felt works in a fundamentally different way to foam: the tightly woven fibres deliver an even, high level of cut across the surface during machine polishing. Sanding pastes don't get soaked into pores — they get driven straight into the working area. That makes the FilzPad 125 especially effective on thick oxidation layers, clouded glass and every job where a foam pad just won't reach the abrasion you need.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for glass polishes and sanding pastes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass surfaces put particular demands on the tool: it can't leave residue behind, it has to polish evenly and it must not scratch the glass. Felt handles all of that better than foam, because the fibres have no pores where polish residue can dry in — and because the even fibre structure keeps pressure spread consistently across the whole working area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 per pack for proper day-in, day-out use.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a high-throughput detailing shop, swapping between clean and used pads keeps the workflow tight. Two FilzPads per pack let you reach for a fresh one while the spent pad gets cleaned — no break between two cars. For heavy glass-correction jobs that burn through several pads per vehicle, the twin pack gives you the reserve you need.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e When you do glass correction with the FilzPad 125, always bring the glass up to temperature before you polish — cold glass reacts much more sluggishly to the polish. Don't lay the glass polish onto hot glass that's been baking in the sun, because it'll flash off far too fast. Aim for a glass temperature between 15 and 25 °C, for example by prepping in the shade. For windscreens, the rule is: always polish with the rear-window heater switched off and the side windows wound all the way down, so you don't cook the seals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFelt-pad technology in detail — why felt beats foam on glass\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe basic difference between a \u003cstrong\u003eFilzPad 125\u003c\/strong\u003e and a foam pad is in the material structure. Foam is open- or closed-cell — it holds a lot of air and gives way under pressure. That makes foam pads ideal for controlled pressure spread on paint, because the pad follows contours and dampens the energy. Felt, on the other hand, is made of tightly woven or matted fibres with no real air pockets. It compresses only minimally under pressure and transfers the machine's energy straight onto the working area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat direct transfer is the decisive advantage on glass polishes: the abrasives in glass polish need a defined contact pressure to do their work. A foam pad that gives way under load drops that effective pressure and so cuts the polish's bite. The FilzPad 125 holds the pressure constant, which lets even the fine abrasive grains in the polish reach their full effect — even at low speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother technical plus: the felt's fibre texture spreads the abrasive differently to foam. Foam pulls polish into its pores and gives it back up under pressure and heat — which leads to uneven spread when the pressure shifts. Felt fibres have no pores: the polish stays on the surface of the fibres and gets spread evenly across the working zone. On glass that means fewer smears, more even polishing marks and a more predictable result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning the FilzPad after use also works differently to foam. Felt mats up under heavy pressure or rubbing, which permanently changes the fibre structure and hurts performance. The right way: rinse the felt under running warm water and work the polish residue out by gently squeezing and flushing — never knead or wring it hard. After rinsing, let the pad dry flat on a clean cloth. If glass polish has dried in, a short soak in warm water before you flush the residue out does the trick. Well looked-after FilzPads keep their fibre structure over several jobs and deliver consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 125 mm size matches standard backing plates for dual-action and rotary machines. The pad's hook-and-loop backing keeps it locked onto the backing plate and lets you swap pads fast, no tools. That matters especially on glass work, where you often switch between polishing stages — from a coarser sanding paste to a finer glass polish and finally to the clear-coat sealing step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the FilzPad 125 properly — work on glass, paint and metal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor glass correction the FilzPad 125 is the first step on clouded windscreens, side windows with water-spot etching or rear windows with baked-in mineral deposits. Prep is more critical here than on paint: glass surfaces have to be cleaned thoroughly and clear of loose grit before you polish, because any foreign body between pad and glass causes instant scratches. A pre-treatment with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-glasscleaner-glasreiniger\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE GlassCleaner\u003c\/a\u003e strips residue and preps the surface perfectly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRun a lower speed on glass than you would on paint. Too high a speed builds heat, which lets the glass polish flash off too fast and cuts the working effect of the abrasive grains. For dual-action machines, speed 3–4 is a good starting point; for rotary machines, a moderate speed between 800 and 1200 rpm. Important: on glass, always work with plenty of polish — a dry FilzPad creates scratches that are far harder to remove on glass than on paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn paint the FilzPad 125 is reserved for heavy correction: deep oxidation layers, sanding marks after coarse wet sanding and extreme weathering. Always run it as the first stage in a multi-step correction, followed by a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eSchaumPad medium\u003c\/a\u003e for the intermediate stage and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad\"\u003eSchaumPad weich\u003c\/a\u003e for the hologram-free finish. Trying to clear the FilzPad's marks with just one follow-up stage risks an incomplete result on dark paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn metal polishes — say for alloy wheels, chrome trim or stainless add-on parts — the FilzPad 125 works too. The high cut lets you strip oxidation layers off metal, corrosion spots and dulled areas efficiently. For this job, SONAX PROFILINE MetalPolish is the one to reach for, built specifically for metal polishing that needs heavy cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGlass correction with the FilzPad 125 — use cases and limits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FilzPad 125 is the right tool when conventional cleaning methods hit their limit. Clouded windscreens with washer-fluid deposits, mineral-salt spots and UV greying are the classic case: an ordinary glass cleaner won't shift these deposits, because they've chemically worked their way into the glass surface. The FilzPad's mechanical abrasion with a suitable glass polish breaks these bonds physically — without damaging the screen, as long as the process is done right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWindscreens with heavy wiper marks are another common job. After long use, wiper blades leave spiral scoring in the glass that shows up annoyingly in backlight. With the FilzPad 125 and a fine-grain glass polish you can clearly reduce or fully remove these surface flaws in many cases. The result: better vision on night drives and in low-angle sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FilzPad's limits are on coated glass surfaces. Hydrophobic coatings on windscreens — the kind various makers apply — get damaged or fully stripped by the FilzPad's abrasion. If you want to keep a coating like that, leave the FilzPad alone and pick alternative cleaning methods. The same goes for tinted windows with film: the film sits on the inside of the glass and must not be machine-worked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor vehicles with plastic windows — older convertibles with polycarbonate rear screens, say, or certain van windscreens — the FilzPad 125 works too, but it needs particularly careful pressure control. Plastic glazing is softer than mineral glass and reacts more sensitively to overheating from mechanical pressure. Here you run lower speeds and ease off the pressure more often than on real glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you work side windows, take extra care at the edges. The sealing lip on the door frame can be damaged by the spinning FilzPad — either through direct contact or through polish that creeps into the seal and softens the material. Pros mask the seal areas before glass work with painter's tape and polish only up to the masking. That prevents damage and keeps the working area defined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe FilzPad 125 compared — when felt, when foam, when a LammwollPad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePicking the right pad always comes down to the substrate and the correction goal. The FilzPad 125 is the call when you need high cut and the surface won't be damaged by heat or pressure — so on glass and metal, or on paint only for extreme corrections. For standard paint work the foam-pad system from the SONAX PROFILINE range is the better base: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSchaumPad hart\u003c\/a\u003e for heavy-cut work, the SchaumPad medium for medium corrections, the SchaumPad weich for the hologram-free finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-lammwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eLammwollPad\u003c\/a\u003e offers similar cut to the FilzPad on paint, but behaves fundamentally differently: lambswool fibres have a natural spring that pulls heat away better and spreads the cut more evenly across larger panels. For heavy-cut on paint the LammwollPad is therefore often the better call than the FilzPad. The FilzPad, on the other hand, beats the LammwollPad on glass, because its structural stiffness optimises pressure spread on the hard glass surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor glass work there's no direct alternative to the FilzPad in the SONAX PROFILINE range — it's the specialist pad for the job. If you do glass correction regularly, always keep a stock of FilzPads, since the abrasive process wears them down faster than foam pads on paint work. The twin pack is a practical starting point for the first buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FilzPad 125 — which shops and use cases it pays off for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FilzPad 125 pays off for any shop that offers glass correction as a service. Clouded windscreens, side windows with water-spot etching and baked-in mineral deposits are common customer requests that can't be sorted cleanly without the right polishing tool. With the FilzPad 125 and a quality glass polish you can offer this service professionally and reliably — and get results that clearly stand apart from plain glass cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailers expanding their range with paint sealing after intensive paint correction, the FilzPad 125 is the first step on vehicles with heavily weathered paint. Combined with the cutting polishes from the SONAX PROFILINE range — the CutMax \"6\/4\" for extreme corrections, say — the FilzPad allows an aggressive first cut before the further correction stages on foam work out the final result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that recondition vehicles after hail damage or accident repair, the FilzPad 125 is a relevant tool too: glass and paint work after mechanical damage often needs a mix of heavy cutting and follow-up fine correction. The twin pack of two FilzPads keeps the work flowing here, with no breaks for pad swaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOne more note on shop efficiency: if you run the FilzPad 125 regularly, keep an eye on wear. Felt wears faster from the heavy abrasion of glass work than foam does on paint polishing — the fibres flatten and the pressure transfer goes uneven. A simple test: lay the pad on a flat surface and run a finger over it. If the felt surface has gone uneven or noticeably thinner, it's time for a new pad. Renewing regularly isn't a cost question but a quality one — a worn FilzPad gives worse results and longer working times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTo round out a complete glass-correction kit, pair the FilzPad with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-glasscleaner-glasreiniger\"\u003eGlassCleaner\u003c\/a\u003e for the pre-clean and a glass sealant for final protection. The full package of cleaning, polishing with the FilzPad and sealing afterwards is the professional answer to everything around glass correction — and it pays off both for reconditioning shops with high glass throughput and for detailers who selectively treat vehicles with badly loaded screens. The SONAX PROFILINE system makes sure all products work together: do the pre-clean with PROFILINE products, work the glass polish with the FilzPad and pick the sealant from the PROFILINE range, and you get a consistent result with no compatibility issues between the individual steps.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"2 pieces","offer_id":57345156022607,"sku":"D1-SNX-4933000","price":14.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-filzpad-125_2-stueck.png?v=1774736583"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-klett-stutzteller-125-stutzteller","title":"PROFILINE Hook and Loop Backing Pad 125 Backing Pad","description":"\u003c!-- BLOCK 1: body_html --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRobust Velcro Backing Plate for Rotary Polishers — SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat makes the SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 special? The robust 125mm backing plate with M14 thread and Velcro surface connects rotary polishers with polishing pads — and as an intermediary between machine and pad, it significantly determines the quality and reproducibility of the polishing result.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the polishing workflow, the backing plate often receives less attention than the polish or polishing foam — yet, as the connector between the polishing machine and the polishing pad, it is one of the critical components in the entire setup. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust polishing pad holder, developed for professional use, with a 125 mm diameter, M14 thread connection, and a Velcro surface for attaching compatible 125 mm polishing pads. The M14 thread is the European standard connection for rotary polishing machines and fits all common professional machines of this type. The Velcro surface securely holds all SONAX PROFILINE 125 mm pads, keeping them reliably in position even at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eM14 standard thread for compatibility with all common rotary polishing machines.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M14 thread is the European industrial standard for polisher spindles, ensuring that the SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 can be used on almost any professional rotary polishing machine. The connection to the machine spindle is play-free and firm — vibrations and imbalances due to poor fit do not occur. When screwing on, the plate should be hand-tightened; overtightening can damage the thread, while a loose fit leads to vibration and an uneven polishing pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust Velcro surface for secure pad adhesion even at high speeds.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Velcro system of the SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate is designed for continuous operation at speeds from 600 to 1800 rpm (typical working range of rotary polishers). The Velcro connection between the plate and the pad reliably holds even with high centrifugal force — a safety feature that is particularly important with large pads and aggressive polishing programs. The Velcro surface is designed so that pads can be changed quickly without damaging or overstraining the Velcro system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 mm — the professional standard size for versatile pad selection.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a 125 mm diameter, the SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 is the universal size in professional detailing: large enough for efficient processing of medium to large panel areas, small enough for working in tight areas such as A-pillars, door frames, and mirror caps. The SONAX PROFILINE pad assortment is matched to the 125 mm size — from soft foam pads to lamb's wool pads, various hardnesses and materials are available for every application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's practical tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Velcro backing plate is the most commonly overlooked wear component in the polishing setup. Signs of a plate that should be replaced: visible wobbling or vibration during operation, worn or detaching Velcro surface (pads no longer hold securely), cracks or deformations in the plate body, or a pad that comes loose from the plate after a few seconds of use. A worn plate transfers machine energy unevenly to the pad and produces wavy, streaky polishing results that would not occur with a fresh plate. For maintenance: regularly clean the Velcro surface of embedded pad fiber residues with a soft brush or tape — clogged Velcro surfaces significantly reduce pad adhesion and create imbalances. Before each new polishing session, check that the plate is still flat and shows no vibrations during a test run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBacking Plate Geometry and Material Properties — What Makes a Quality Plate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is more than a simple adapter between machine and pad. The geometric properties of the plate — thickness, flexibility, flatness, and edge design — directly influence how the polishing pad presses and moves on the paint surface. A too-stiff plate transmits machine pressure punctually to the contact surface, leading to uneven removal and increased risk of scratching at edges. A too-soft plate compresses during work and reduces the transmitted abrasive power — a disadvantage, especially when working with fast-degrading abrasive polishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 is optimized in its stiffness for use with rotary polishing machines: stiff enough for effective power transmission, flexible enough for even surface contact even on curved body areas. The backing material is designed for thermal stress — rotary polishing machines generate considerable heat through friction, and a plate whose material softens and deforms at operating temperature loses its geometric precision. The SONAX PROFILINE plate maintains its shape even during prolonged intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe edge design of the plate influences how close to edges and decorative elements one can work without the plate touching the vehicle. An overly protruding edge forces more distance to edges — a problem when working on tight surfaces. The SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 is designed to allow safe work close to edges without experiencing the plate edge as a limiting factor. This allows completing panels even in hard-to-reach areas without changing methods (e.g., switching to smaller plates or hand work).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInteraction with SONAX PROFILINE Polishing Pads — Which Pad for Which Task\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125\u003c\/strong\u003e forms the basis for using the entire SONAX PROFILINE 125 mm pad assortment. Selecting the right pad for the respective application is crucial for the result: the pad material and pad hardness, together with the polish and machine setting, determine the abrasive performance and gloss development. The basic principle is: harder pad = more abrasive performance and more heat generation; softer pad = lower abrasive performance, more gloss development, gentler on the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor aggressive abrasive polishes (e.g., UltimateCut or CutMax), a hard or medium foam pad or a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-lammwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Lamb's Wool Pad\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended: the harder material transmits more pressure to the polish and generates higher abrasive performance. For finish polishes and one-step polishes (e.g., PerfectFinish, OS 02-06), a soft foam pad is the better choice: the softer material gently presses the polish onto the surface, reduces hologram formation, and supports gloss development. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Foam Pad soft\u003c\/a\u003e is the classic finish pad for final polishing programs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combination of backing plate, pad, and polish must be coordinated — an incorrect pad can neutralize the performance of a good polish. The SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125, as a basic component, sets the framework conditions: it securely holds the pad in position, evenly transmits machine energy, and allows the use of various pads without conversion or additional purchase costs. This makes it a central component in a flexible, professional polishing setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrect Use and Machine Compatibility — What to Consider When Switching to the SONAX Backing Plate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwitching to or using a new backing plate requires brief preparation to ensure that the combination of machine, plate, and pad functions optimally. Step 1: Check machine thread. The M14 thread is the European standard and fits all common rotary polishing machines — but some Asian or older models may have different thread sizes (5\/8 inch American standard, M10 for smaller models). Before purchasing, ensure that your machine has an M14 thread. Step 2: Screw on the plate. Hand-tighten the SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 onto the machine spindle — clockwise, firmly, but without tools. Step 3: Attach the pad. Press the 125 mm pad centered onto the Velcro surface and briefly press down until all Velcro hooks are engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the first use, a short test run at low speed (600–800 rpm) without contact with the paint surface is recommended to ensure that the plate runs vibration-free and the pad adheres securely. A slight rattling or noticeable vibration during the test run indicates a thread problem or a plate that is not sitting flat — in this case, remove the plate, check the machine spindle, and screw the plate on again correctly. For rotary machines with a lock nut or locking button, ensure that the spindle is correctly locked when screwing on to avoid overtightening the thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor switching between different pad types (e.g., from a hard compound pad to a soft finish pad in the same work pass), simply pull off the pad and attach the new pad. With frequent pad changes, ensure that the Velcro surface of the plate is not contaminated by polishing residues from the previous pad — a quick wipe with a dry cloth between pad changes keeps the Velcro surface clean and ensures reliable adhesion of the new pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 vs. Other Backing Plates — What Makes the Difference\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe market offers a wide range of backing plate options — from inexpensive universal plates for 5–10 Euros to specialized high-performance plates for 40 Euros and more. The question of why a professional detailer should invest in the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is answered by the demands of continuous professional operation: cheap accessories may work for a one-time use, but often fail during daily multi-hour use over months — due to Velcro detachment, plate deformation, thread wear, or cracking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 is qualified for continuous professional use: materials and workmanship meet the requirements of workshop use with several vehicles daily. The investment in a high-quality plate pays off through reproducibly good results and long service life. A loose or vibrating backing plate not only worsens the polishing result but can, in the worst case, detach the pad — a safety risk that is avoided with a high-quality plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother aspect is system compatibility: The SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 is optimally matched to the SONAX PROFILINE pad assortment — diameter, Velcro specification, and edge design are designed for SONAX PROFILINE pads. Universal plates may have different Velcro specifications, which can lead to reduced pad adhesion. In professional use, where reproducibility and reliability are crucial, system compatibility is a serious advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 — Availability, Care, and Conclusion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is available as a single component. For professional detailing businesses, it is recommended to stock at least 2 backing plates: one in active use, and one as a spare in case the first plate is damaged or needs to be replaced. For businesses with multiple polishing machines (e.g., rotary machine + orbital polisher), more plates will be needed accordingly, although it should be noted that orbital machines often use different backing plate connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCare and maintenance: The Velcro area of the plate should be regularly cleaned of embedded pad fibers, polishing residues, and dirt — a stiff brush or a tape roller effectively removes loose material. Regular visual inspection for cracks, deformations, or detachment of the Velcro layer allows for timely replacement before a defective plate leads to poor results or safety issues. Storage: dry, dust-free, not stacked under weight (this can permanently deform the Velcro surface).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConclusion: The SONAX PROFILINE Velcro Backing Plate 125 is the solid, professional-grade basic component designed for continuous use in any rotary polishing setup. As the connection between machine and pad, it determines the fundamental conditions for results and safety — an investment that is justified by reliable performance and long durability in daily professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"1 piece","offer_id":57345157071183,"sku":"D1-SNX-4932000","price":25.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-klett-stutzteller-125_1-stueck.png?v=1774736609"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad-wollpad","title":"PROFILINE HybridWollPad wool pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAggressive cut, soft surface — SONAX PROFILINE HybridWollPad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is a HybridWollPad and what do you use it for? The hybrid wool pad pairs a virgin-wool face with a foam core — the wool side delivers maximum cut for stubborn paint defects, while the foam core keeps the pressure spread evenly and the heat down.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWool pads have been known in professional correction for decades as the most aggressive cutting tool out there: the wool fibres, with their rough surface and high flex, deliver the strongest mechanical cut you can get from a polishing pad — well beyond any foam pad. But classic pure wool pads have a weak spot: without a foam core they transfer machine pressure unevenly and, used carelessly, build up local hot spots. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWollPad\u003c\/strong\u003e brings the best of both worlds together: a virgin-wool face for maximum cut and a foam core for even pressure spread and better heat dissipation. Available in Ø80 mm, Ø125 mm and Ø165 mm for every machine and job format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum cut from the virgin-wool face for the heaviest paint defects.\u003c\/strong\u003e The virgin-wool fibres of the HybridWollPad create very high mechanical abrasion thanks to their natural structure: on badly weathered paint, deep oxidation and class B machine-marring holograms come off efficiently. The wool structure pulls off a depth of correction you simply can't reach with classic foam pads — for heavy paint defects, the wool pad is your first pick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam core for even pressure spread and controlled work.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad's hybrid build protects the paint from local overheating: the foam core under the wool face spreads the machine's pressure evenly across the whole working face. That avoids the \"hot spots\" classic wool pads are known for — local overheating points that can damage the clear coat. The result is a cut you can actually control, manageable even for seasoned detailers with less wool-pad mileage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes for every machine format and job.\u003c\/strong\u003e The HybridWollPad comes in Ø80 mm for mini orbitals and detail work, Ø125 mm for standard orbitals and compact rotaries, and Ø165 mm for large-area polishing on bonnets, roofs and sides. Pick the size by the job: small pads for tight spots and edges, big pads for fast coverage on large panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e The HybridWollPad gives its best cut at medium machine speed (1,200–1,600 rpm on the rotary) with moderate pressure. More pressure doesn't mean more cut — the wool pad cuts through the fibres, not through the pressure. Blow the pad out with a stiff brush at idle after every panel to clear polishing residue from the wool tufts. Wool pads don't reuse as often as foam pads — plan on 1–2 pads per vehicle when you prep your kit. After the job, wash it out thoroughly in lukewarm water with a mild cleaner and let it dry flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHybridWollPad technology — virgin wool, foam core and cutting behaviour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHybridWollPad\u003c\/strong\u003e uses virgin wool — shorn animal wool — as its polishing material. Virgin wool has a naturally scaled fibre structure (the so-called scale build-up of the wool hair) that makes microscopic cutting movements as you polish. These fibre scales bite into the top layer of clear coat and abrade it away through mechanical action — much like sandpaper, but with far finer grit and more flex. The flex of the wool tufts keeps the fibres from leaving rigid scratches in the paint — the tufts spring back on contact and produce a more even cut than rigid abrasives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe foam core of the hybrid build does several jobs: it spreads the polisher's pressure across the whole pad, prevents pressure peaks over high spots on the paint, and cushions the wool face against the surface. That cushioning makes the HybridWollPad far safer to use than pure wool pads without a foam core — especially on curved surfaces like fenders and bumpers, where a stiff pad easily catches an edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA common question is how to clean wool pads after use: wool pads soak up more polishing residue than foam pads and need a more thorough clean afterwards. The best result comes from soaking in lukewarm water with a mild wool detergent for 15–20 minutes, then gently squeezing (don't wring!) and drying flat. Washing it out too aggressively or spinning it in the machine damages the wool structure and cuts down the cut on the next job. Wool pads cared for properly last several vehicles; mishandled ones lose their fibre properties after just 2–3 jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe HybridWollPad's cut beats the hardest foam pad: where a hard foam pad with a heavy-cut polish needs several passes, the HybridWollPad is often done in one. That makes the wool pad especially worthwhile on badly weathered vehicles where time is the most precious factor. For normal details with light to medium holograms, though, the wool pad is overkill — here the cut of the foam pads is plenty and easier to control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the HybridWollPad — polish pairing, machine and technique\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe HybridWollPad is built for heavy-cut polishes. The recommended pairing in the PROFILINE system is the HybridWollPad with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" cutting compound\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003ePROFILINE UltimateCut \"6+\/3\"\u003c\/a\u003e — the strongest compounds in the range. These combos are made for vehicles with heavy P800-P1000 sanding marks, deep oxidation or strong holograms from machine pre-treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMachine choice: the HybridWollPad works on both rotaries and dual-action orbitals. On the rotary it gives the highest cut; on the orbital the cut drops a little, but the result is more even and the risk of heat damage lower. If you're new to professional correction, start with the HybridWollPad on the orbital before you move over to the rotary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePolish dosing on the wool pad: unlike foam pads, you put less polish on a wool pad. The wool structure pulls polish out of the paint and collects it in the fibres — too much polish overloads the pad, which cuts down the cut and makes residue harder to wipe off. A small cross of polish (instead of the 5-dot pattern you'd use on foam pads) is usually enough on wool pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere the HybridWollPad earns its keep — heavy paint defects, oxidation and first cut\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe HybridWollPad is the tool for the heaviest correction jobs: badly weathered paint from years of neglect, oxidised surfaces on used vehicles, vehicles with sanding marks from coarse machine passes or strong holograms from automatic car washes. In every one of these cases, the wool pad removes the most material in the least time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor GRP work (glass-reinforced plastic on boats, caravans or motorbikes) the HybridWollPad fits too. GRP gelcoat weathers much like car paint — it oxidises and goes dull. With the wool pad and a suitable heavy-cut polish you can work oxidised gelcoat back efficiently and bring it to a high gloss. One thing to watch: GRP is thicker than car paint (1–5 mm instead of 80–150 µm) and tolerates more mechanical removal — but too much heat can damage GRP too. Moderate pressure and regular breaks are a must when you work GRP with the wool pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother special case for the wool pad is the first cut on multi-layer paint builds: vehicles with very thick original clear coats (over 80 µm) can barely shift enough material with normal cutting polishes on foam pads to reach deep-seated defects. The HybridWollPad with a heavy cutting polish gets the removal volume you need for that first cutting pass, which then runs on through several finer steps up to a high gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWollPad compared — wool pad vs. foam pad by cut needed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the PROFILINE polishing pad range, the HybridWollPad is the pick for maximum cut, while the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE SchaumPad hart\u003c\/a\u003e handles lighter to medium heavy-cut jobs. Choosing between the wool pad and the SchaumPad hart follows the severity of the defects: deep scratches, heavy oxidation and severe machine marring call for the wool pad; light holograms, normal wear and fresh paint on new vehicles are handled more efficiently with the SchaumPad hart, since the wool pad would take off more than you need here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the HybridWollPad pass you need a follow-up step with a medium foam pad and a finishing polish, or a soft foam pad with a high-gloss polish, to clear the fine wool-pad sanding marks out of the clear coat and finalise the gloss. The HybridWollPad is always the first step in a multi-stage process — never the last. Hand a car over straight off the wool pad and you leave the customer with paint that shows micro-scratches under raking light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the SONAX PROFILINE HybridWollPad — size choice and job guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailing businesses, a spread of sizes makes sense: Ø165 mm for large-area work on bonnets, roof and sides; Ø125 mm as the standard size for fenders, doors and details; Ø80 mm for tight spots like bumper edges and sills. The HybridWollPad is designed as part of the PROFILINE polishing system — it works best alongside the PROFILINE polishes and, in that pairing, delivers consistent, repeatable results on every correction pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that run the HybridWollPad regularly, a dedicated pad-cleaning station pays off: a flat tray of warm water and wool detergent, where the used pad goes after every swap. At the end of the working day all the wool pads get cleaned at once and laid out to dry. This routine stops polish gel from drying into the wool tufts and clumping the fibres. Dried-in polishing residue in a wool pad is almost impossible to shift — the pad loses cut for good.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause wool pads wear out faster than foam pads after heavy use, regular detailing businesses are best stocking 3–5 pads per size. The high cut of the HybridWollPad earns its place on tough vehicles — on normal new and used cars without heavy paint defects, foam pads are the more economical pick.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø80 mm","offer_id":57345168933199,"sku":"D1-SNX-4940410","price":44.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125 mm","offer_id":57345168965967,"sku":"D1-SNX-4938000","price":31.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø165 mm","offer_id":57345168998735,"sku":"D1-SNX-4941000","price":42.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad_125-mm.png?v=1774736592"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-lammwollpad-wollpad","title":"PROFILINE Lambswool Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMaximum cutting performance from natural wool — SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does the SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad do? The wool pad, made from genuine lambswool fibers, delivers maximum abrasive performance in combination with heavy-cut polishes for used car reconditioning — in Ø80 mm for eccentric and rotary machines, and in Ø125 mm for rotary use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the polishing workflow, there are situations where foam or hybrid pads simply aren't enough: deeply ingrained scratches after sanding preparation with P800 to P1000, stubborn oxidation layers on weathered paints, holograms from previous machine polishes, or severe wash scratches on dark paint colors. For these cases, there is the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e — a wool pad made from genuine lambswool fibers that achieves cutting performance through its open, three-dimensional fiber structure that synthetic foam pads cannot replicate. The fiber structure of the lambswool interacts with the polish, creating mechanical abrasion on the paint surface while simultaneously retaining heat in the pad, allowing the abrasive particles of the polish to activate optimally. If you are regularly confronted with heavy-cut situations in your business, you cannot avoid the LambswoolPad — it is the strongest tool in the SONAX PROFILINE pad range for the initial correction phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHighest cutting performance due to natural lambswool fibers for the first correction phase.\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural lambswool, with its wavy, three-dimensional fiber structure, creates mechanical abrasive performance that synthetic pads can hardly achieve. Deeply ingrained scratches after wet sanding with P800–P1200, heavy oxidation layers on weathered paints, and stubborn holograms from machine polishing are efficiently leveled in one step with the SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad. This saves time in the first correction phase and reduces the number of polishing steps required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes for different machine types — Ø80 mm and Ø125 mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad is available in Ø80 mm for use on smaller eccentric and rotary machines, and in Ø125 mm for standard rotary machines. The Ø80 mm pad is particularly suitable for details, edges, and hard-to-reach areas, while the Ø125 mm pad is for efficient processing of hoods, roofs, and large body surfaces. The hook-and-loop connection is designed for SONAX PROFILINE backing plates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable wool with a robust foam core for professional continuous use.\u003c\/strong\u003e The LambswoolPad combines genuine lambswool fibers with a stable foam core that maintains the pad's shape even under the pressure of a rotary machine. Unlike pure wool pads without a core, the pad remains dimensionally stable even after many washes and does not shed fibers on the paint. For professional businesses with high pad throughput, the combination of washability and durability is a clear cost advantage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before first use, briefly break in the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e: Attach the pad to the machine, apply a thimbleful of polish to the pad, and distribute it over a 40x40 cm area with low speed (approx. 900–1,200 rpm for rotary) without pressure — this allows the wool fibers to soak up the polish, and the first working area will not be polished too dry. For heavily oxidized paint, we recommend applying the polish in small portions directly to the paint, not just on the pad — this extends the working time of the abrasives. After polishing, rinse the pad with a pad cleaning brush (pad washer or brush with water), do not let it dry, and then reuse it — wool works better when slightly damp. For combination with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Cut+Finish\u003c\/a\u003e on a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-klett-stutzteller-125-stutzteller\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Hook-and-Loop Backing Plate 125\u003c\/a\u003e, the system is optimally coordinated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCutting performance and material structure of the LambswoolPad — how lambswool creates mechanical abrasion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe superior abrasive performance of the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to foam pads is explained by the physical properties of natural lambswool fibers: Each individual wool fiber is naturally spirally crimped — this crimp creates an open, three-dimensional pore structure within the mass of fibers. This structure fulfills several functions in the polishing process. First, the fiber structure deeply absorbs the polish and releases it in a controlled manner to the paint surface, ensuring even abrasive distribution. Second, the fibers microscopically engage with the abrasive particles of the polish, thereby increasing the effective contact area between the abrasive and the paint. Third, fiber friction generates heat, which activates the abrasive particles in break-down polishes — especially with SONAX PROFILINE high-cut polishes, this thermal activation is crucial for full abrasive performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe support foam under the wool fibers is designed for medium hardness, which makes the pad usable on both rotary and eccentric machines. In rotary use (typical: 800–1,400 rpm), the medium-hard support provides the necessary counter-pressure so that the wool fibers lie on the paint with sufficient force. In eccentric use, the support prevents the pad from deforming too much under the eccentric motion and polishing unevenly. The hook-and-loop backing on the reverse side is standardized and fits all common 80mm and 125mm backing plates with Velcro attachment — including the SONAX PROFILINE Hook-and-Loop Backing Plate 125 and compatible backing plates from other manufacturers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to synthetic cutting foam pads (orange or red), the LambswoolPad has a different working style: Foam cutting pads apply a more even, lenticular pressure to the paint — making them controllable and well suited for moderate corrections. Lambswool, on the other hand, works with the fiber tips and creates micro-punctual pressure, which is more efficient for maximum abrasion requirements. The difference is visible in a direct comparison after the first polishing round: On heavily oxidized paint or after P1000 sanding, the LambswoolPad shows significantly fewer remaining sanding marks after one round than a cutting foam pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication and Workflow — correctly using the SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optimal workflow with the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e begins with the right polish selection: The pad is designed for high-cut polishes with a high degree of abrasion — SONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut 6+\/3, SONAX PROFILINE Cut+Finish 5\/5, or SONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04 are typical partners. With finishing polishes (NP 03-06, PerfectFinish), the combination makes little sense — here, softer foam pads or finish pads are the better choice. The LambswoolPad is a tool for the correction phase, not for the finish phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working sequence with the LambswoolPad on a rotary machine: Mark off a working area of approximately 40x50 cm, apply 3–4 rice-grain-sized portions of polish to the paint, place the pad, and briefly work in the polish at low speed (approx. 800 rpm) until no dry spots are visible. Then increase the speed to the working range (typically 1,000–1,400 rpm depending on polish and paint) and make 3–5 even passes with light pressure. Afterward, reduce the speed, polish out any remaining polish, lift the pad, and check the result. If sanding marks are still visible, do a second round on the same area — with a fresh portion of polish. After polishing, wipe with a microfiber cloth and only then move to the next area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn eccentric machines (typically 12–15 mm eccentric), the LambswoolPad works with slightly lower abrasion than on a rotary, but is gentler on thin paints. The typical speed setting is 4,000–5,500 rpm, and the pressure is moderate. The advantage of eccentric use: The machine is more forgiving of beginner's mistakes when holding edges than a rotary, and the risk of burning through is significantly lower. For workshops that rarely work with rotary but still need higher abrasive performance than with foam pads, the LambswoolPad on an eccentric is a good compromise solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetween polishing areas and before storing, regularly rinse the pad with a pad washer or a brush under running water. Polish residues in the wool fibers that dry out will gum up the fiber structure and noticeably reduce abrasive performance. Freshly cleaned and stored slightly damp, the pad remains immediately ready for the next session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of application — when the SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad is the first choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e is not the first choice for every vehicle or every paint — it is the specialized tool for situations where medium pads are not sufficient. In daily detailing, these are mainly three scenarios: First, used car reconditioning with heavily neglected paints that have accumulated UV oxidation, wash scratches, and dirt deposits over years. These paints are typically matte or hazy, reflecting diffusely rather than specularly, and barely react to normal foam polishing combinations. The LambswoolPad quickly breaks up the surface and shows after the first polishing pass what paint depth is still present underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe second main scenario is paint correction after wet sanding. If scratches or paint defects have been manually or machine wet sanded (typically P800–P1200), the sanding leaves coarse sanding marks that must be completely removed before fine polishing can begin. In this phase, the LambswoolPad on a rotary is the fastest tool: It works out the sanding marks in one or two passes and prepares the surface for finish polishing. Foam cutting pads would require significantly more passes for the same task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe third scenario is holograms and swirl marks from previous machine polishes, where poor technique or incorrect pad combinations have left fine swirls in the paint. These holograms are particularly visible on dark, solid-color paints (black, dark gray, dark blue) and require genuine material removal, not just surface filling like a finish pad. The LambswoolPad with a Cut+Finish polish efficiently removes these holograms and leaves a clear base for the final sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, caution is advised on sensitive paints (very thin factory layers, freshly painted surfaces, clear coat under 60 micrometers): The LambswoolPad with high-cut polish removes more paint per round than a foam pad. Before use, a paint thickness measurement should always be performed, and on thin paints, less pressure and lower speed should be used, or switch to the SONAX PROFILINE HybridWoolPad, which acts somewhat gentler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLambswoolPad vs. HybridWoolPad — the right wool pad for every detailing case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE wool pad range offers two different approaches with the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWoolPad\u003c\/a\u003e, which differ specifically in their construction and application profile. The LambswoolPad consists exclusively of natural lambswool fibers and thus offers the maximum cutting performance in the SONAX PROFILINE pad range — it is designed for heavy-cut applications where the highest available material removal is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HybridWoolPad combines natural wool fibers with synthetic fibers to create a mixed material that mediates between the aggressive cutting performance of the pure wool pad and the controllability of a foam pad. For users who appreciate the advantages of a wool fiber structure (open texture, good polish absorption, heat generation) but do not need the full abrasive potential of the LambswoolPad, the HybridWoolPad is the right choice. It is suitable for moderate paint defects, light to moderate oxidation, and vehicles with normal care conditions — where a pure lambswool pad would be too aggressive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FoamPad soft\u003c\/a\u003e, on the other hand, the positioning is clear: It is designed for the finishing phase after correction work — if you want to perform a final finishing pass with a fine polish after using the LambswoolPad, reach for the soft foam pad. The three-pad system of LambswoolPad (Heavy Cut) → FoamPad medium (intermediate polish, if necessary) → FoamPad soft (Finish) completely covers all correction phases from rough preliminary work to high-gloss final polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice, the following rule of thumb applies to pad selection: If the paint is heavily oxidized, shows coarse sanding marks after wet sanding, or has deep scratches (visible to the naked eye in glancing light) → LambswoolPad. If the paint has moderate wash scratches and swirls without deeper damage → HybridWoolPad. If the paint is in good basic condition and only needs refreshing and sealant preparation → FoamPad medium or soft. With this selection, the detailing workflow is clearly structured for every vehicle condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad — Sizes, Compatibility, and Recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in two sizes: Ø80 mm and Ø125 mm. For professional businesses, it is recommended to keep both sizes in stock: The Ø125 mm pad is the working size for surface work on hoods, roofs, doors, and fenders — here, the size demonstrates its time efficiency and covers more surface per pass. The Ø80 mm pad is the detail size for depressions, edges, A-pillars, mirror housings, and all areas where a 125 mm pad is too large to work controllably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook-and-loop backing fits all SONAX PROFILINE backing plates with standard Velcro connection. For the Ø125 mm pad, the SONAX PROFILINE Hook-and-Loop Backing Plate 125 (M14 thread) is the direct system solution — it is designed for rotary machines with an M14 spindle and ensures a vibration-resistant connection that sits securely even at high speeds. For the Ø80 mm pad, an 80 mm compatible backing plate is required accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine compatibility: The LambswoolPad in both sizes is suitable for rotary polishing machines and for eccentric machines. On a rotary machine (Rupes LHR, Flex PE, Makita PW5001C, or similar), it delivers its full cutting performance. On eccentric machines (Rupes BigFoot, Flex XFE, Bosch PEX), it also works, with slightly lower abrasive performance than on a rotary. Orbital machines (Flex XCE, Flex OE) are less suitable for wool pads in heavy-cut use, as the orbital motion interacts less efficiently with the fiber structure than the rotary motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that frequently perform heavy-cut polishing, we recommend having several LambswoolPads per size in stock: As soon as a pad is saturated (recognizable by the fact that it barely glides on the paint when applied, but \"drags\"), it should be replaced with a fresh one. A saturated pad no longer polishes optimally — it smears rather than grinds. With two to three pads per size in use, the pace can be maintained on long detailing days without having to wait for slow pad cleaning: Attach and polish with one pad, rinse and dry the other — alternating.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø80 mm","offer_id":57345169129807,"sku":"D1-SNX-4941410","price":27.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125 mm","offer_id":57345169162575,"sku":"D1-SNX-4931410","price":17.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-lammwollpad_125-mm.png?v=1774736616"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE Foam Pad hard polishing pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMaximum cut on weathered paint — SONAX PROFILINE Foam Pad hard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is a hard polishing pad used for in a pro setting? A hard polishing pad like the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Foam Pad hard\u003c\/strong\u003e maxes out the cut of whatever polish you run on it — it takes off more clear coat than softer pads, which makes it the right tool for deeply weathered clear coat, heavy holograms and oxidised surfaces.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn paint correction the pairing of polish and pad drives the result more than anything else: the same cutting polish gives you far less bite on a soft pad than on a hard one. If you want to pull heavy defects — deeply baked-in holograms, oxidation, deep scratches down into the clear coat — out of the paint efficiently, you need the right pad setup. That's exactly what the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Foam Pad hard\u003c\/strong\u003e was built for: a high-density, open-cell foam polishing pad that lets cutting polishes like PROFILINE CutMax work at full strength. Available in Ø75 mm and Ø150 mm for all common polishers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum cutting power thanks to high foam density and open-cell structure.\u003c\/strong\u003e The high foam density of the Foam Pad hard means the pad gives very little under load, so the polish stays pressed onto the paint with constant pressure. At the same time the open-cell structure lets the polish spread and release evenly across the whole working face. The result is a controllable, even cut — no local hot spots, no uneven removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong service life thanks to centre cooling and good airflow.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard cutting builds heat — a problem for cheap pads that warp or fall apart when things get hot. The Foam Pad hard has a dedicated centre-cooling core and an open airflow structure that stops heat from building up. That stretches the pad's service life a lot and lets you polish across several cars without wrecking the pad or burning sanding marks into the paint through overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast swaps and precise handling thanks to hook-and-loop backing and a bevelled edge.\u003c\/strong\u003e In day-to-day work every minute counts: the hook-and-loop backing on the Foam Pad hard lets you swap pads in seconds, no tools and no break in the flow. The bevelled foam edge improves handling on edges, corners and tight spots — a detail that, when you're working fenders, door edges and spoilers, makes the difference between a clean result and an unpolished strip along the edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the Foam Pad hard, work panel by panel: only ever do one panel (bonnet, roof, a side) per pass, never the whole body at once. The pad releases the polish more evenly when it doesn't sit too long between wetting and wipe-off. After 2–3 panels, clean the pad with a soft pad brush or a quick blast of compressed air — that keeps caked-on polish residue off, which can drag micro-scratches back in as you keep going. When you're done: soak it for 30 minutes in warm water with PROFILINE Microfibre Wash, wring it out and lay it flat to air-dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFoam Pad hard technology — foam density, open cells and cutting behaviour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutting power of a pad system comes from three factors working together: the hardness of the pad, the open-cell nature of the foam and the abrasive strength of the polish you run. The \u003cstrong\u003eFoam Pad hard\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for maximum pad intensity — it's the hardest foam pad in the PROFILINE range, which makes it the right pad for heavy-cut polishes like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" cutting polish\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut \"6+\/3\"\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe open-cell foam of the Foam Pad hard does two jobs: first, the open structure holds larger amounts of polish and releases it evenly and continuously across the working face — no flooding the paint, no dry patches. Second, open cells shed heat better than closed foams: heat generated while you polish is carried out through the pores instead of stored in the pad. Together with the dedicated cooling zone in the centre of the pad, you get a system that stays controllable even on longer polishing sessions and doesn't put the paint at risk through local overheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOne thing that matters day-to-day: a hard pad ups the cut, but there are limits too. On freshly polished, thin clear coat, or on cars with a single-stage base coat and no clear, run the Foam Pad hard only with dialled-back machine settings. The pad itself gives you no feedback on how much clear coat is left — measuring paint thickness before you polish is a must, not an option, when you're cutting hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the Foam Pad hard — polish combo, machine and technique\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Foam Pad hard suits all common polishers: rotary polishers (rotaries), dual-action polishers and DA machines. The best machine choice depends on the job: for maximum cut on heavily weathered paint, go with a rotary and the Foam Pad hard, since rotaries remove more at the same rpm than dual-action machines. For steadier, safer work on the everyday holograms you see on new cars, a dual-action machine with the Foam Pad hard is a good compromise between cutting power and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHow you spread the polish on the pad is decisive for the result. The go-to is the \"five-point pattern\": four small dabs of polish at the corners of the working face and one in the middle. Then, with the machine off, spread it briefly across the paint before you start it up — that stops the polish flinging off when you switch on. Machine speed for the Foam Pad hard should sit between 1,200 and 1,800 rpm depending on polish and paint hardness; very hard paints (Japanese cars) need higher speeds, softer paints (French and British makes) respond better to lower ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter polishing: clean the polish residue off the pad straight away with a soft pad brush. Caked polish in the pad gives you an uneven cut next time and can leave grooves in the paint. If you work several pads at once, you can swap between panels and clean the resting pad in peace — your pace goes up, pad quality stays constant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere the Foam Pad hard fits — weathered paint, oxidation and GRP surfaces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Foam Pad hard covers three main areas: heavily weathered car paint, oxidised surfaces and GRP (glass-reinforced plastic). Heavily weathered paint — typical on cars left exposed for years with no protection — shows dull, rough surfaces with deep holograms and UV damage in the clear coat. Here you need serious cutting volume to take off the damaged clear-coat layer and expose the intact material underneath. The Foam Pad hard is built for exactly this kind of work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOxidised paint — especially common on older cars or on plastic parts like bumpers — has lost the molecular structure of its surface to UV exposure. That dull, sometimes chalky surface only comes back with an aggressive pad and a cutting polish. The Foam Pad hard paired with PROFILINE CutMax is the recommended system for this job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGRP surfaces — boat hulls, motorbikes, caravans, sports vehicles — bring their own demands: GRP forgives overheating less than car paint but reacts much the same to mechanical abrasion. The Foam Pad hard is approved for GRP and gives good results on these surfaces as long as you keep the machine settings conservative (medium speed, light pressure).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Foam Pad hard compared — pad hardness grades in the PROFILINE system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the PROFILINE pad range the Foam Pad hard sits at the top for cutting power. By comparison: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Foam Pad medium\u003c\/a\u003e is less hard and pairs medium cut with more gloss potential — it suits one-step polishes or mid-level defects. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Foam Pad soft\u003c\/a\u003e is the pure finishing pad: very little cut, maximum gloss — only for finish polishes like PROFILINE NP \"03-06\" with no defects to remove first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoosing between the hardness grades follows one simple rule: the heavier the defects, the harder the pad and the more aggressive the polish. If you run a three-stage process (step 1: remove deep scratches with hard + CutMax; step 2: remove holograms with medium + Cut+Finish; step 3: finalise with soft + NP), you get the best result. For simpler cases a two-stage process, or even a one-step pass with the medium pad, does the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlongside the Foam Pads, the PROFILINE system also has the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Eccentric Pad hard\u003c\/a\u003e — a similarly hard pad, but specially matched to the motion of dual-action machines. If you work exclusively with dual-action machines, take a look at the Eccentric Pad hard; if you work with a rotary or several machine types, the Foam Pad hard keeps you flexible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy the SONAX PROFILINE Foam Pad hard — sizes, system combo and recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe PROFILINE Foam Pad hard comes in two sizes: Ø75 mm for smaller backing plates and precise work on small panels, corners and bumper details — and Ø150 mm for large-area work on the bonnet, roof and sides. For a complete polishing station, go for a set of several pads in both sizes: that way you can swap between panels without waiting on a clean pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ideal system combo for heavy defects: Foam Pad hard Ø150 mm + PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" on a rotary or dual-action polisher for the first cutting pass. Then Foam Pad medium + PROFILINE Cut+Finish \"5\/5\" for the mid-level polish, and finally Foam Pad soft + PROFILINE NP \"03-06\" for the high-gloss finish. This three-stage product chain is fully covered in the PROFILINE range — every component is matched to the next and gives you repeatable results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailing businesses it's worth keeping at least 4–6 Foam Pads hard per size on hand: that way you can always start with a fresh pad while used ones get freshened up during the overnight clean. The PROFILINE pad system pays off for shops with high vehicle throughput through its long service life and consistent cutting power, which keeps costly re-work from uneven results off your plate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø75 mm","offer_id":57345169654095,"sku":"D1-SNX-4921410","price":28.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø5.9 inches","offer_id":57345169686863,"sku":"D1-SNX-4922410","price":11.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart_150-mm.png?v=1774736662"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE SchaumPad medium Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMedium cut with excellent control — SONAX PROFILINE SchaumPad medium\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does a medium foam pad do and when is it the right call? The medium SchaumPad from SONAX's PROFILINE line is the most versatile pad in the polishing system — it gives you enough cut for most swirls and holograms, leaves finer marks behind than a hard pad, and works on both rotary and dual-action polishers.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen picking a pad for paint correction, a lot of people get stuck deciding whether to grab the aggressive cutting pad or the gentle finishing pad. For the vast majority of correction jobs the answer sits somewhere in the middle — and that middle is exactly where the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE SchaumPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e lives. A medium foam pad gives you enough cut to clear normal holograms, fine wash-tunnel scratches and light oxidation, without being so aggressive that the marks left behind force a fussy follow-up step. The SchaumPad medium is the pad that, in 70–80% of all vehicle corrections, does the whole job as the only cutting pad. Available in Ø75 mm for rotary polishers and Ø150 mm for standard dual-action machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium foam density for a wide window between cut and finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SchaumPad medium fills the gap between the aggressive SchaumPad hart and the gentle SchaumPad weich: hard enough to pull out holograms and water-spot etching, yet soft enough that the marks left in the clearcoat are fine enough for a single finishing pass with a soft pad to wipe them out completely. On easy panels with light contamination and a modern, easy-to-polish clearcoat, you often don't even need a finish step after the SchaumPad medium — straight to the sealant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks on both rotary and dual-action polishers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Ø75 mm pad is sized for the smaller backing plate on rotary polishers; the Ø150 mm pad for standard DA machines. That split lets you carry the same idea — medium foam structure for balanced cut\/finish — across both machine types. On the rotary the medium pad delivers a touch more cut thanks to the higher rotational energy; on the DA it's the safer bet for beginners, since the random orbit keeps overheating risks down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn economical all-rounder for shops with a mixed vehicle spread.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not every car needs a hard cutting pad, and not every car gets by on a pure finishing pad. Keeping a medium pad as your default cuts the complexity: for new cars with no serious defects the SchaumPad medium is the only pad you need; for cars with light to medium defects it's your primary cutting pad; only for badly hammered paint do you step up to the SchaumPad hart or the HybridWollPad. That tiered setup saves you pad-swapping time day to day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e The SchaumPad medium is brilliant for a one-step approach on modern cars: with a cut-and-finish polish (like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Cut+Finish \"5\/5\" one-step polish\u003c\/a\u003e) on the SchaumPad medium you combine cut and finish in a single pass — that saves time over the two-stage process and gets very good results on modern soft clearcoats. This approach works especially well on cars from the last 10 years in good factory condition with normal wear. For badly damaged paint or cars with deep sanding marks, the multi-stage process with a SchaumPad hart for the first cutting pass stays the more reliable way to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSchaumPad medium foam structure — medium cell matrix and polishing behaviour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe foam density of the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE SchaumPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e sits between the SchaumPad hart and the SchaumPad weich: a medium-open cell structure that offers enough resistance to drive the abrasives in a cutting polish onto the paint with effective cutting energy, while flexing enough to sit evenly over contoured areas like fender curves and door panels. That balance between stiffness and give is exactly what makes the medium pad the most versatile polishing pad in the whole PROFILINE range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cell matrix of the SchaumPad medium is built to release polish evenly out of the foam onto the polishing face — an effect foam-pad techs call the \"reservoir effect\": the foam soaks up polish on the first application and keeps feeding it outward as you work. That gives you more even polish spread across the whole panel than if the polish just sat on the pad surface. It shows most on larger panels like bonnets and roofs: the cut stays more constant across the full pass than with a fully closed-cell hard pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe rebound hardness — how quickly the foam springs back into shape after being compressed — is tuned on the SchaumPad medium for medium machine frequencies. That makes it compatible with both rotary polishers (steady rotation) and DA machines (random orbit), without working noticeably worse on either. This machine-agnostic behaviour is a real practical plus in shops running different machine types where you don't want to sort pads by machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWorth doing in practice: dampen a new SchaumPad medium before its first use and \"prime\" it once — the first few seconds on the first panel condition the foam, and after that the pad works at its full level. This short break-in lets the foam core take up polish evenly so the reservoir effect works from the start. An unconditioned new pad soaks up polish in the first passes without giving enough back to the paint — the result is an uneven first panel that doesn't give you a realistic read on the pad-polish combo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOne thing that often gets underrated with medium pads: the effective cut of a SchaumPad medium leans heavily on the cutting strength of the polish you run. With a heavy-cut polish like the CutMax \"6\/4\", the SchaumPad medium delivers surprisingly a lot of cut — enough for plenty of medium-tough corrections without having to switch to the aggressive SchaumPad hart. With a lighter finishing polish the cut drops accordingly to finish level. So through your polish choice you have direct control over the effective cut\/finish ratio — a flexibility a hard or soft pad simply doesn't give you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the SchaumPad medium — polish choice, machine technique and pad care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe most versatile combo for the SchaumPad medium in the PROFILINE system is the medium pad with a one-step polish like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Cut+Finish \"5\/5\"\u003c\/a\u003e — that pairing covers the broad middle of correction jobs. For cars with heavier defects, run the SchaumPad medium with the CutMax \"6\/4\" as your first step, then a SchaumPad weich with a finishing polish for the final gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMachine choice and speed: on the rotary the SchaumPad medium works best at 900–1,200 rpm — enough rotational energy for effective cut without excess heat build-up. On the DA polisher the middle power setting (setting 3–4) is the right call to keep the medium foam in its sweet spot. Too low a speed and it starts to \"smear\" — the polish gets spread around but doesn't turn into effective cut. Too high a speed on the rotary generates more friction heat than normal clearcoat wants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePolish dosing on the SchaumPad medium: the 5-dot pattern (centre plus four edge dots) is the standard method for even spread. Key point: don't lay on too much polish — an oversaturated pad smears instead of cutting. Rule of thumb: start light and add if you need to, rather than starting with too much and having to wipe the panel down several times. A well-conditioned SchaumPad medium leaves an even residue film on the working area after polishing — no excess, no dry patch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePad care after the job: clean the SchaumPad medium after every car with a pad spinner or a pad washer, not just at the end of the whole working day. Dried-in polish in the open cell structure changes the rebound properties and cuts the reservoir effect. A daily soak in lukewarm water with a mild cleaner, a gentle squeeze and flat drying keeps the pad's properties over many jobs. Cared for properly, medium-density foam pads last 80–120 cars before they need replacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere the SchaumPad medium fits — vehicle types, paint condition and polishing scenarios\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SchaumPad medium is the right pad for: cars from the last 5–10 years with normal wear (holograms from washing, dust scratches), lightly weathered paint on cars that have gone 3–5 years without a polish, new-car preps with light transport damage, and one-step corrections on cars where time efficiency matters (dealer intake prep, mobile work at the customer's place).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SchaumPad medium is less suited to: cars with deep sanding marks from coarse sandpaper (P800 or finer), heavily oxidised paint with a matte, chalky-white surface, and cars where you need to remove the clear cutting marks of a coarse machine sanding step. In those cases you first need the SchaumPad hart or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWollPad\u003c\/a\u003e for the first cutting pass — the medium pad then steps in as the second stage to clear the marks left by the heavy cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOne particularly worthwhile niche for the SchaumPad medium: headlight restoration. Yellowed or clouded polycarbonate headlight lenses can be cleared up with the SchaumPad medium and a suitable headlight polish in just a few passes. The medium pad works off the clouded polycarbonate effectively without being so aggressive it cuts deep scratches into the clearcoat-like lens material. For headlight work the small Ø75 mm pad (rotary format) or a separate mini pad is handy for getting into the flat headlight geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn a professional setup the SchaumPad medium is worth stocking in numbers: at least 3–5 pads per size for a full working day with car changeovers. The \"one pad per car with daily cleaning\" strategy makes more sense for medium pads than for hard pads, since the medium pad fully keeps its properties with proper daily cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSchaumPad medium in comparison — where it sits in the PROFILINE polishing pad system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the PROFILINE polishing pad line-up the SchaumPad medium takes the central spot: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE SchaumPad hart\u003c\/a\u003e (and the HybridWollPad) stand for maximum cut where a lot of removal is needed; the SchaumPad medium for the broad middle of all correction scenarios; the SchaumPad weich for finishing polishes on already well-corrected paint with no real removal left to do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe direct comparison with the SchaumPad hart makes the practical differences clear: at the same pressure and machine speed the hard pad removes roughly 30–40% more than the medium pad — a difference that shows up clearly when you polish under strip lighting. That extra cut is the deciding factor on badly damaged paint — on normal wear it just means more marks left in the paint that call for an extra finishing pass. In those cases the medium pad is the more efficient choice: one pass is often enough to both clear the defects and land a good finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBetween the SchaumPad medium and the SchaumPad weich the difference is mainly one of strategy: the soft pad is purely for the final finishing phase after a cutting pass, or for delicate paint that needs very little cut — without a prior cutting pass a soft pad won't fully clear holograms. The medium pad, on the other hand, can act as both a cutting and a finishing pad in most cases, depending on your polish choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy the SONAX PROFILINE SchaumPad medium — sizes, job planning and pro portfolio\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor most correction shops the SchaumPad medium is the highest-turnover pad in the range — because it's the first choice for most cars and jobs. The Ø150 mm format for DA machines is the standard working size in modern detailing shops that mostly run dual-action polishers. The Ø75 mm format is for shops with rotary polishers and for special detail jobs like headlight restoration and tight areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor stock planning: per working day with 3–5 cars you want at least 6–10 SchaumPad medium on hand, so there's always a fresh or cleaned pad ready. Rotating several pads at once — one polishing, another spinning clean in the pad spinner — keeps you flowing without waiting your way through the whole car list. For shops that run the medium pad daily, a stock of 10–15 pads per size is the smart move — that covers the demand for several weeks even with individual pads wearing out, no reorder needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SchaumPad medium in the PROFILINE system is always meant as part of a complete polishing pad portfolio: paired with the SchaumPad hart for heavy heavy-cut jobs and the SchaumPad weich for the final high-gloss finish, you get a complete, clearly tiered three-stage polishing system that has the right answer for every paint condition and job — from the badly damaged used car to the near-new vehicle with minimal wear. As a verified SONAX specialist dealer, Detailing1 keeps the SchaumPad medium in both sizes permanently in stock and makes sure it's there for reorders while you're working.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø75 mm","offer_id":57345169850703,"sku":"D1-SNX-4985000","price":28.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm","offer_id":57345169883471,"sku":"D1-SNX-4985410","price":11.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium_150-mm.png?v=1774736669"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE SchaumPad soft polishing pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHologram-free finish polishing with the SONAX PROFILINE SchaumPad soft\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat makes the SONAX PROFILINE SchaumPad soft stand out? The soft, fine-pored foam pad lets you machine-polish a finish without holograms — spot-on for delicate paint, first correction attempts and the final passes after more aggressive polishing stages.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the last stage of paint correction, the pad often matters more than the polish. If you leave holograms, swirls or machine marks behind after a heavy-cut pass, you've lost the whole point of the job — and you're starting over. That's exactly where the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE SchaumPad soft\u003c\/strong\u003e earns its keep: a fine-pored finish pad made of open-cell foam that spreads polish residue evenly, pulls heat away in a controlled way and does no new damage even on sensitive clearcoat. It pairs minimal cut with maximum smoothness — and turns a technically solid correction into a top-shelf finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine-pored foam structure for a hologram-free finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The open-cell soft foam of the SchaumPad soft produces less shear than hard or medium pads. Polish spreads evenly over a larger contact area, which largely keeps machine marks and holograms from forming in the first place. On dark paint especially — black, dark blue, anthracite — the difference is unmistakable in raking light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal heat dissipation for temperature-sensitive paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-action polishers build up local heat even at low pressure. The soft foam gives under contact pressure and stops heat from piling up on a small spot. That protects against temporary paint softening, which otherwise leads to uneven polishing marks. On thin-walled plastic parts or resprayed sections this trait really counts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile — from finish polishing to sealant prep.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SchaumPad soft works not only as the last correction step after a hard or medium cut, but also as a direct application pad for finish polishes with no prior correction. On new or only lightly used paint you can reach for it straight away — no detour through more aggressive pad grades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightly dampen the SchaumPad soft with water before its first use and squeeze out the excess. A barely damp pad takes up polish more evenly and stops dry foam from drinking the polish straight away, before it can work on the paint. Always start the polisher on the paint — never in the air — to keep polish spatter off the bodywork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoft foam for paint finishing — how the fine-pored pad technology works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot all polyurethane foam is the same. What hard and soft actually mean on a polishing pad comes down to pore size, cell structure and the Shore hardness of the foam. The \u003cstrong\u003eSchaumPad soft\u003c\/strong\u003e uses an open-cell foam structure with small, evenly spread pores — noticeably finer than the SchaumPad hard, which runs coarser cells and so generates more shear. That finer structure feeds straight into the result: polish isn't dumped in patches, it's laid down evenly across the whole working area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother plus is the cushioning. When you machine-polish, the pad acts as a buffer between the backing plate and the paint. Soft foam absorbs the orbits of the dual-action movement more — the pad doesn't sit rigid on the surface, it \"follows\" gentle contours, edges and curves better than a hard counterpart. On bumpers, door edges or mirrors that means even pressure without over-working the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt connects to the backing plate through a hook-and-loop-compatible back that fits common SONAX PROFILINE backing plates and support plates. The 75 mm diameter suits smaller backing plates and is a great match for precision work on small areas like A-pillars, fuel-cap surrounds or door shuts. The 160 mm version is the standard reach for big body panels like the bonnet, roof and doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn often underrated angle is heat behaviour. Soft foam has more internal surface area and can spread heat through the pad volume better than compact materials. In fast passes with a high orbit frequency, friction heat builds at the contact patch between paint and pad. A soft pad releases that heat more evenly instead of concentrating it. That's why on sensitive solid colours, or when you're working in summer, soft foam is often the safer call over a medium pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the SchaumPad soft right — the workflow from first touch to a hologram-free finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe key step before the actual polishing is priming. Put a hazelnut-sized dab of finish polish on the SchaumPad soft sitting centred on the backing plate and spread it roughly by hand over an area about A4 size. Then start the polisher on speed 1 and work the polish over the panel with no pressure, before you raise speed and contact pressure. That first pass \"saturates\" the pad and makes sure it no longer soaks polish into its pores — from then on it releases it evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor finish polishes like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-ex-04-06-hochglanz-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE EX \"04-06\" high-gloss polish\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eNP \"03-06\" high-gloss polish\u003c\/a\u003e, a speed range of 3–4 on the typical dual-action polisher works well. Higher speeds do bring more heat and a touch more cut, but they also raise the risk of holograms on darker-tinted paint. Rule of thumb: slow and several times beats fast and once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SchaumPad soft also earns its place as the last step after a multi-stage correction. If you've worked earlier with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSchaumPad hard\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-lammwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eLammwollPad\u003c\/a\u003e, the final pass with the soft pad and a pure finish polish clears every last sanding mark from the previous stage. That \"finishing run\" is standard in professional detailing outfits and is often the difference between a middling and a flawless result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter polishing, clean the pad straight away. Polish residue dries hard in the foam and permanently changes the pad structure. Wash it in warm water with a mild specialist pad cleaner and you'll keep the soft foam's pores intact for the long run. Best to clean it in hand-warm water with a light squeeze — no wringing, that damages the open-cell structure. Dry the pad flat on a clean towel, never in the sun or on a radiator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHologram-free finish polishing — where the SchaumPad soft fits and where it doesn't\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SchaumPad soft's strong suit is clearly the finish stage. On paint in near-new condition with only light transport scratches or surface wash marks, you can run it straight with a finish polish, no prior cut stage. That saves time, is kinder to the paint and is plenty for most cars that get detailed at regular intervals and carry no deep paint damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SchaumPad soft is especially convincing on metallics and pearl-effect paint. These paint types, with their embedded metallic or mica flakes, are more prone to the stray-light effects that too-aggressive polishing can cause. The low shear of the soft pad keeps the effect flakes aligned, so the look after polishing matches the original state. Anyone who's ever lost a metallic to a grey haze after too aggressive a pass knows why this trait matters so much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt the same time there are honest limits: deeper ingrained scratches, oxidation damage or wet-sanding marks from P1500 grit and coarser won't fully come out with the SchaumPad soft. Here you need a cut stage first — either with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eSchaumPad medium\u003c\/a\u003e and a cutting polish, or with the SchaumPad hard or LammwollPad on heavy oxidation. The SchaumPad soft then takes over as the last stage and clears the micro-marks left by the earlier work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother use a lot of people underrate: prep for ceramic coatings. Before a coating goes on, the paint has to be absolutely mark-free — no hologram, no swirl. With the SchaumPad soft and an IPA-compatible finish polish you can hit a final surface where the ceramic layer bonds exactly and can deliver its full protection. This prep finishing pass is standard in pro coating outfits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn fresh respray work, take extra care. Fresh paint hasn't fully cured in the first few weeks and reacts more sensitively to heat and mechanical pressure. The SchaumPad soft is the safest choice here because it puts in the least energy — even so, on resprays under 30 days old skip machine polishing altogether.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe SchaumPad soft compared — when each pad is the right call\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE pad system is graded consistently by cut and works hand in hand with the matching polishes. The SchaumPad soft sits at the bottom of the cut curve — combined with the SchaumPad medium and the SchaumPad hard you get a full correction system that has a fitting combo for just about any paint condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eSchaumPad medium\u003c\/a\u003e is the all-rounder for mid-level correction: it reliably clears wash marks, light swirls and old polishing marks, but on dark paint it still leaves the odd fine mark that the soft pad then cleans up. Medium followed by soft is the most efficient route for the bulk of professional details — two steps instead of three, and still a perfect result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SchaumPad hard is built for heavy-cut work — oxidation, deep wet-sanding, badly weathered paint. It runs higher pressure on a smaller effective contact patch and so puts down markedly more cut. On fresh or sensitive paint it's the wrong tool. Once you've worked with the SchaumPad hard, you usually step down through the SchaumPad medium as an in-between stage to the SchaumPad soft to reach a fully hologram-free result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-lammwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eLammwollPad\u003c\/a\u003e is its own category: lambswool fibres, by their natural structure, generate very high cut that differs from a hard foam pad's. They work more aggressively but also hotter — and typically leave more polishing marks that then have to be polished out with the SchaumPad soft. The LammwollPad is ideal for extreme correction and for pros who want to save time; the SchaumPad soft is its perfect finishing partner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompared with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125-polierpad\"\u003eExzenterPad soft 125\u003c\/a\u003e — another soft pad in the PROFILINE system — there's one relevant difference: the ExzenterPad soft is laid out for the 125 mm diameter and optimised for specific dual-action machine plates. The SchaumPad soft comes in 75 mm and 160 mm, covering both extremes of the pad spectrum: precision work on small areas and fast work on big body panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the SchaumPad soft — who it pays off for and in which workflows\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SchaumPad soft pays off for anyone who wants to machine-polish at a professional quality level — whether you work commercially or as a committed hobby detailer. Beginners gain from the fact that the soft pad minimises the risk of mistakes: if you work with too much pressure or too high a speed, you'll cause damage far less often with the SchaumPad soft than with a more aggressive pad. That also makes it the first pad for anyone just starting to learn machine polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional detailers value the SchaumPad soft as the last step in every multi-stage workflow. Whether after a heavy-cut pass with the SchaumPad hard, after a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003ePerfectFinish polish\u003c\/a\u003e on a mid setting, or as the final quality check before sealing — the soft pad is the one that defines the finished result. No other pad in the SONAX PROFILINE system produces such an evenly smooth, hologram-free surface in a single step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePick the size to match the polisher you own. The 75 mm version is ideal for spot correction and tight areas — it fits smaller backing plates and lets you work precisely where a 160 mm pad can't be guided under control. The 160 mm version is the panel worker: bonnet, roof, sides — this is where it plays its productivity card. A well-kitted setup has both sizes on hand and reaches for each depending on the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a direct add-on, the high-grade finish polishes from the SONAX PROFILINE range make sense. The EX \"04-06\" high-gloss polish is the classic pairing pick: little to no cut, maximum gloss and gloss obsession. For paint that still carries light fine marks after a hard-cut pass, the NP \"03-06\" high-gloss polish is the sharper choice — it brings a touch more cut and works the leftover marks from the earlier stage out more surely. Both polishes are built for the SchaumPad soft and deliver the best result as a team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLook after your SchaumPad soft and it'll look after you for a long time. A carefully cleaned and air-dried pad keeps its pore structure over many uses — and with it its signature ability to release polish evenly and pull heat away in a controlled way. Pros clean their pads right after each car, store them flat in a closed container and keep used pads apart from new ones to avoid cross-contamination with polish residue. These simple habits double the effective lifespan and lock in consistent polishing results the whole way through.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø75 mm","offer_id":57345170178383,"sku":"D1-SNX-4926000","price":28.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø160 mm","offer_id":57345170211151,"sku":"D1-SNX-4932410","price":11.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich_160-mm.png?v=1774736676"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE ExzenterPad hart polishing pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHard cutting power on the DA polisher — SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat's the difference between an ExzenterPad hart and a SchaumPad hart? The pro ExzenterPad in the hard build is a polishing foam pad tuned specifically for the oscillating motion of dual-action orbital polishers — for maximum cut with safe, controlled handling and no risk of overheating.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you polish on a dual-action orbital, the pad is what decides the result: a pad that's too soft loses cut on the fast orbital throw; a pad with the wrong return hardness springs the product contact away and leaves an uneven cut pattern. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hart\u003c\/strong\u003e is built with a foam consistency matched to the kinematics of orbital polishers: at the typical throw frequency of DA machines (4–12 mm orbital throw) the cell structure of the foam works in a way that transfers maximum cutting energy onto the paint. Available in Ø125 mm and Ø150 mm — single, or in the pro set with 15 or 10 pieces for continuous use in detailing shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard cell structure for maximum cut transfer on the DA orbital.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ExzenterPad hart uses a dense, closed-cell foam structure that doesn't spring away under the orbital motion but turns the contact pressure straight into cut. Where softer pads bleed off energy through compression, the hard ExzenterPad keeps the force in the contact zone — that gives you a repeatable, even cut across the whole pad face, even on curved radii and slightly domed panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrbital-optimised geometry for safe work without overheating.\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike rotary polishers, orbital machines don't build continuous friction heat on one rotational track — the random orbital throw spreads the heat over a larger area. The ExzenterPad hart leans on that DA trait: even on fresh or thin clear coat you can work aggressively with the hard pad, because the machine technology keeps the overheating risk in check. That makes the ExzenterPad hart the ideal entry pad for detailers moving from rotary to orbital work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes and pro sets for cost-effective shop use.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø125 mm for standard DA orbitals, Ø150 mm for big orbitals with a wide plate. For shops that polish every day, the 15-pack (Ø125 mm) and the 10-pack (Ø150 mm) are the economical choice: running several pads means fewer stops for cleaning, and the price per pad in set format is clearly cheaper than buying singles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dampen the ExzenterPad hart briefly before the first use — dry foam soaks up the first drops of polish instead of laying them down on the paint. A splash of water or a damp cloth on the work surface is enough. On the first pass always start at the lowest speed (setting 1–2) to work the polish in, then bring it up to working speed. After 2–3 panels, clean the pad with a pad spinner or a pad washer — a saturated pad cuts a lot less. For the best results, pair the ExzenterPad hart with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" cutting compound\u003c\/a\u003e — in the PROFILINE system this combo is dialled in for heavy-cut jobs on DA orbitals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExzenterPad hart foam structure — cell hardness, rebound and cut mechanics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cut of a polishing pad on the orbital comes down to three factors: foam hardness (compression modulus), rebound speed (how fast the foam springs back after compression) and surface contact area (how large the effectively polishing area is). The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hart\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for high-performance cut on the DA orbital across all three: foam hardness sits at the top end of the PROFILINE pad line-up, rebound speed is matched to the typical orbital throw frequencies (about 3,400–6,800 strokes\/min), and the pad geometry keeps maximum surface contact even on slightly domed surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOne technical point that gets underrated day-to-day: pads that are too hard can give the orbital trouble on very fresh or very thin clear coat — the lack of conformity to the dips and micro-texture of the paint leads to an uneven cut pattern. So the ExzenterPad hart isn't the hardest pad imaginable but a carefully picked middle ground between maximum cutting energy and enough give. It's optimised for paint with normal to high film thickness — from roughly 80 µm clear coat up. On very thin paint (under 60 µm) or very fresh new paint, start with the ExzenterPad medium for testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cell structure of the foam is closed, which has two practical upshots: first, the pad soaks up polish less aggressively than open-cell foams — that means less polish lost in the pad material and more product at the paint surface. Second, the pad is easier to clean after use, because the polish mostly sits on the surface and doesn't work deep into the cell matrix. Regularly washed foam pads keep their original cut over many jobs — an economic edge over wool pads, which lose cut faster after heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe back of the ExzenterPad hart has a hook-and-loop backing (Velcro) that fits straight onto standard backing plates with a hook\u0026amp;loop face. The bond is built for the high centrifugal forces of orbital motors — no shifting or loosening of the pad in use, not even at higher speeds. The hook-and-loop layer is vulcanised to the foam, not just glued on — that stops delamination after repeated taking off and putting on.\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor pad care: after use, wash the ExzenterPad hart out with lukewarm water and a mild cleaner, squeeze it gently (never wring) and let it dry flat. Foam pads shouldn't go in the washing machine — the mechanical stress on the spin cycle wrecks the cell structure and permanently kills the return hardness. Hand-washing takes 2 minutes and keeps the pad properties fully intact over dozens of jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the ExzenterPad hart — polish combination, machine speed and technique\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ExzenterPad hart is made for use with heavy-cut compounds — in the PROFILINE system, paired with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" cutting compound\u003c\/a\u003e or the PROFILINE EX \"05-05\" cutting compound. This combo is built for cars with sanding marks from sandpaper up to P1000, heavy holograms from automatic car washes, and medium to deep oxidation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe optimal machine speed for the ExzenterPad hart sits, depending on the machine, at a medium to high setting (setting 4–6 on a typical 5-step orbital). On a geared orbital (e.g. SONAX or Rupes BigFoot) that's about 3,800–4,500 rpm. Too low and the hard pad doesn't cut efficiently — the foam structure needs enough kinetic energy to work the clear coat. Too high on small, curved areas (bumper edges, A-pillar transition) and you risk the pad catching edges and pulling off too much locally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePolish dosing: with the ExzenterPad hart, the classic 5-dot pattern works well (one blob of polish in the middle and four near the edges). The amount per panel (about 50×50 cm) is 3–5 pea-sized dots, depending on the cut strength of the polish. Before you switch the machine on, spread the polish over the area with the pad (power off) to avoid splatter. Then switch on at setting 1–2 until the polish is worked in, and bring it up to working speed. One pass is 2–3 overlapping runs over the same panel segment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter polishing a panel, give the pad a quick check: if the foam is saturated and discoloured (dark, greasy), you need a cleaning step before you go at the next panel. A saturated pad only smears polish as a film with no real cut — cleaning or swapping the pad is then more efficient than carrying on. With a pad spinner you can clean a foam pad enough in about 15 seconds to keep working panels; a full wash happens at the end of the workday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere the ExzenterPad hart works — paint defects, vehicle types and polishing stages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ExzenterPad hart is the workhorse for the heavy-cut stage of a multi-step car detail. Typical scenarios: used cars with holograms and wash marks from years of car-wash use, new cars with transport paint damage (fine sanding marks from final inspection), cars after a P1200 sanding step for deep scratch removal, plus heavily matted or oxidised paint on used cars that went years without a polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn new cars, be careful: fresh OEM clear coats aren't fully cured in the first 30–90 days after painting and react more sensitively to mechanical stress. On new cars under 3 months, use the ExzenterPad hart only with lighter heavy-cut compounds (not the strongest formula) and at reduced speed. Once cured, the paint is far more resilient and takes full heavy-cut treatment without risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn the body, the ExzenterPad hart suits all the large panels — bonnet, roof, wings and doors. For tight edge work at the bumper transition, on door shut lines and around window rubbers, a smaller pad (Ø80 mm, if available) or working by hand with polish and a cloth is the better fit. The Ø125 mm pad is the all-rounder; the Ø150 mm pad is for maximum area throughput on wide surfaces like the bonnet and roof — with the bigger pad you're about 20–30 % faster per car at comparable cut quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn a professional detailing shop the ExzenterPad hart is usually used for the first cutting pass, followed by an ExzenterPad medium with a medium polish for the refining stage and an \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125-polierpad\"\u003eExzenterPad weich\u003c\/a\u003e with a finishing polish for the final gloss. This three-stage system delivers repeatable results: step one clears all the defects, step two removes the leftover marks from step one, and step three gets the final shine. Try to do all three steps with a single pad and you compromise either the cut or the finish quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExzenterPad hart compared — DA polishing pad vs. SchaumPad vs. ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common question when building a PROFILINE pad line-up is the difference between the ExzenterPad and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSchaumPad hart\u003c\/a\u003e: both are hard foam pads for heavy-cut work, but they're optimised in geometry and foam formula for different machine types. The SchaumPad hart is built for rotary polishers — it works with the even rotary motion and transfers that energy optimally into cut. The ExzenterPad hart is built for DA orbitals — the foam structure is laid out for the random orbital throw, which puts completely different demands on compression behaviour and return hardness. Run an ExzenterPad hart on a rotary and you'll usually notice reduced cut — and the other way round. The pads aren't fully interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe comparison between the ExzenterPad hart and the ExzenterPad medium comes down to how much cut you need: the ExzenterPad medium gives clearly less cut, but it also builds less heat and leaves finer marks in the paint. For cars with light to medium holograms (normal wear without deep scratches) the medium pad is enough and gentler. For heavily damaged paint, or when you need to move fast through serious defects, the ExzenterPad hart is the right tool. As a rule of thumb: if a panel still shows visible scratches after a full pass with the ExzenterPad medium and a heavy-cut compound, the ExzenterPad hart is the right call for the next detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother relevant comparison is the ExzenterPad hart vs. the HybridWollPad: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWollPad\u003c\/a\u003e gives clearly more cut on the rotary than the ExzenterPad hart on the DA orbital. For heavy paint defects that even the ExzenterPad hart and CutMax can't fully clear, the HybridWollPad on the rotary is the stronger option. This choice between orbital + ExzenterPad hart and rotary + HybridWollPad depends on the specific defect picture and the machine set-up of your shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy the SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hart — size choice, set formats and shop use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor shops that work exclusively with DA orbitals, the ExzenterPad hart is the primary heavy-cut pad. The size recommendation: Ø125 mm for shops with a standard-format orbital, Ø150 mm for shops betting on efficiency over large areas with a 150 mm plate machine. Shops with both machine sizes ideally keep both pad sizes in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 15-pack in Ø125 mm format is made for professional detailing shops polishing several cars a day. In an average shop with 3–5 cars a day you'll need 6–10 pads per workday (2 each per car in rotation), so a set stock covers the week. With 15 pads on hand you can run several pads in rotation through a long workday and clean them together in the evening — no productivity loss from waiting on single-pad cleaning. The 10-pack in Ø150 mm format follows the same logic for the bigger format. Against buying singles, the set format saves a fair bit per pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe lifespan of an ExzenterPad hart depends on how well you look after it: regularly washed pads last 50–100 cars before the foam structure gives up. The tell for a worn pad: it presses all the way through under normal finger pressure (no rebound left), or the surface shows cracks and signs of coming apart. A worn pad should be replaced right away — it drops dramatically in cut and can leave uneven cut marks on freshly painted surfaces. As a verified SONAX dealer, Detailing1 keeps the ExzenterPad hart in both sizes and both set formats permanently in the range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø125 mm – 1 piece","offer_id":57345291288911,"sku":"D1-SNX-4923410","price":16.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125 mm – 15 pieces","offer_id":57345291321679,"sku":"D1-SNX-4923000","price":109.48,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm – 1 piece","offer_id":57345291354447,"sku":"D1-SNX-4924410","price":18.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm – 10 pieces","offer_id":57345291387215,"sku":"D1-SNX-4924000","price":83.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart_125-mm--1-stueck.png?v=1774736550"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium-polierpad","title":"SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium polishing pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMedium cut, full control — the SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium in real use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat sets a medium-cut polishing pad apart from a soft or hard one? A medium-cut pad — like the ExzenterPad medium — corrects light to moderate paint defects on DA polishers without overdoing the cut, and shifts heat away nicely.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you've ever polished with the wrong pad, you know how it ends: either you cut too much and the paint overheats, or there isn't enough bite and the scratches stay put. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for exactly the zone where most correction happens — light swirls, fine scratches, moderate oxidation and holograms that finishing pads can no longer touch, but that don't need an aggressive cutting pad either. The medium-cut foam profile gives you the room to correct efficiently without losing your grip on how much you're removing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium-cut foam profile for precise paint correction.\u003c\/strong\u003e The open-pore foam structure of the ExzenterPad medium builds enough cut with the right polish to clear swirls, holograms and fine scratches. The removal stays controllable — you correct exactly where you want without over-stressing the paint surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient heat shedding through open-cell foam.\u003c\/strong\u003e Polishing on DA orbitals generates friction heat, and closed-pore pads trap it, which can lead to heat spots or paint damage. The open-cell foam of the ExzenterPad medium draws heat away evenly and protects sensitive clear coats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile size choice for different working areas.\u003c\/strong\u003e With Ø125 mm for precise work in tight spots and Ø150 mm for large panels, the ExzenterPad medium gives you the flexibility a pro day calls for. Both sizes fit standard hook-and-loop backing plates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before the first run, drop 3–4 pea-sized blobs of polish onto the pad and spread them across a panel at low speed before you start correcting — what we call \"priming\" the pad. A fresh PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium drinks up more polish on the first pass; only on the second pass does it show its full cutting power. After every panel, blow the pad out with a pad brush or a pad cleaner to clear polish residue — that stretches the pad's life by a lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOpen-cell foam and medium cut — how the ExzenterPad medium works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad you pick decides how much time and how many passes a correction takes. Too soft a pad doesn't build enough pressure to pull scratches out of the clear coat; too hard a pad leaves a faint hologram pattern behind that you then have to chase off with a finishing pad in another pass. Understanding pad mechanics saves you real time and abrasive day-to-day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA raw foam blank and a finished pad are not the same thing. What looks at first glance like a simple piece of foam is the result of a deliberate material choice: pore size, foam hardness and cell structure together decide how much abrasive the pad takes up, how it releases it, and how fast it heats up. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e uses an open-cell polyurethane foam of medium hardness. The open cell build means polish spreads evenly through the pad and meters out onto the paint — a steady supply that stops the pad running dry and keeps the abrasive working consistently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA pad's cut comes from how foam hardness, surface texture and pore structure play together. Soft pads compress a lot, have more contact with the paint but less pressure per point — ideal for finishing. Hard pads barely compress, build high local pressure and therefore more cut. The medium pad sits in between: it compresses in a controlled way, builds pressure steadily, and still spreads polish evenly. In practice that means you can clear swirls and holograms in one or two passes with the ExzenterPad medium without necessarily needing a separate finishing pass afterwards — as long as you match the right polish to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoosing between Ø125 and Ø150 mm depends on the working area and the machine. Ø125 mm is the standard size for DA orbitals with a 5 mm throw and works on every body section. Ø150 mm lets you cover more ground on large, flat panels like the bonnet or roof, but it needs a machine with the power headroom to back it. If you run both sizes, you can switch deliberately between detail work and large-area polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook-and-loop backing on the pad is made for standard backing plates. The Velcro quality on the PROFILINE line holds reliably even through several hours of continuous use — the pad sits tight, doesn't spin out, and won't peel off on its own even on a damp, greasy surface. With cheaper pads that's one of the most common headaches day-to-day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing a DA polishing pad right — step by step with the ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore your first polishing pass, a quick paint check pays off. Heavily soiled paint should be decontaminated before polishing — an iron remover binds fallout, and a clay bar product pulls off bonded contamination that would otherwise act as grinding grit during polishing. On clean, decontaminated paint the ExzenterPad medium works more efficiently: the abrasive particles in the polish bite straight into the clear coat instead of burning energy loosening surface dirt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDA orbitals work with a combined rotation-and-orbital motion — that makes them more forgiving than rotaries and easier to get into for beginners, but you still need the right technique. Your speed setting drives how much cut the ExzenterPad medium actually develops. For medium correction work, a speed between 4,000 and 5,500 revolutions per minute is the sweet spot. Lower speeds cut heat build-up but give less bite; higher speeds speed up the correction but raise the risk of heat spots on repeated overlaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways pick a test panel first — ideally a low-key spot on the car, like the lower door area or a less exposed corner of the roof. Lay the polish straight onto the pad, not onto the paint. Start at low speed and spread the polish across the panel without leaning in, then bring the speed up for the actual correction pass. Overlapping passes of 30–40 % give an even result without streaks. Two to three passes are usually enough for moderate swirls; deeper scratches call for extra passes or a switch to the ExzenterPad hart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the pass, the residue pattern of the polish becomes your indicator: when the abrasive film has broken down evenly and is almost fully worked in, the pad has done its job. Clumpy or uneven residue points to too much polish or too low a speed. The PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium cleans up after use with warm water and pad wash, and is reusable once dry. Pros recommend sorting pads by polish type and never switching between abrasive and finishing products on the same pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrecting paint defects — when the ExzenterPad medium is the right call\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePaint care isn't only about looks — it's about holding value. A car with corrected, sealed paint scores measurably better at lease return or resale than one with untouched wear marks. Polishing with a DA orbital and the ExzenterPad medium is, for high-mileage drivers and fleets, an investment that pays back at the next valuation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ExzenterPad medium is the all-rounder in the polishing-pad line-up — it covers the zone you reach for most often in day-to-day detailing. Cars with normal wear that get washed regularly build up a fine swirl pattern over months, picked up from automatic washes, microfibre towels or wash sponges carrying grit. That exact surface depth — usually 1 to 3 microns — is the target zone of the ExzenterPad medium. It removes enough to drop below the scratch depth without cutting into deeper layers of paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMore heavily damaged paint with deep scratches, oxidation damage or baked-in water spots that don't bridge under the fingernail test need the ExzenterPad hart or a rotary pass. An honest read before you start polishing saves time: if you can feel a scratch with your fingernail, it sits in the primer or at the edge of the clear coat — the ExzenterPad medium won't fully clear it. As a rule of thumb: what the nail glides over without catching, the medium pad can correct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTemperature plays a part too: on cold paint below 10 °C the foam stiffens up — the pad compresses less and the contact pressure climbs. On hot summer days outdoors, on the other hand, the pad goes softer and cuts more. Factor those variables into your first test panel so you can read the result before you polish whole panels.\u003cbr\u003e\nOn freshly painted cars, new vehicles with fine transport scratches, or after a chemical decon with a clay bar product, the ExzenterPad medium is your first choice for paint correction too. It gives the paint enough cut for a visible improvement without the risk of grinding through fresh paint that hasn't fully cured. After correcting with the ExzenterPad medium, a closing finishing pass with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad weich\u003c\/a\u003e is worth it, to clear the last micro-scratches from the polishing pass and leave the paint mirror-clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExzenterPad medium vs hart vs SchaumPad — which pad when?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePad choice in practice isn't a matter of taste, it's a matter of paint condition and the result you're after. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e holds the middle: more cut than a finishing pad, more mercy than a cutting pad. The ExzenterPad hart suits pronounced scratches, oxidation and heavy swirls — its denser foam core builds enough pressure with a high-abrasive polish for deep material removal. The downside: the finishing work afterwards is heavier, because the hard pad leaves finer holograms behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompared with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hart\u003c\/a\u003e, the medium pad can fold the first correction pass straight into finishing in a two-stage workflow — when the polish matches the pad's cut. That saves time and is plenty for cars in normal condition. If you work with a one-step polish like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP \"03-06\"\u003c\/a\u003e, the ExzenterPad medium is the ideal carrier foam: the NP \"03-06\" develops its cut and its finishing properties best on medium-cut pads and leaves a high gloss after a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAgainst the SchaumPads from the PROFILINE line, the ExzenterPad stands apart through its specific tuning for DA machines. SchaumPads can in principle be run on orbitals too, but their material spec is built around rotary use. The ExzenterPad medium is dialled in with a DA orbital — the rebound character of the foam matches the machine's motion frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho it's for, combinations and buying advice for the ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe medium polishing pad from the PROFILINE line is built for professional detailers who work regularly with DA orbitals and need a dependable correction pad for the everyday bulk of cars. For detailing beginners with a DA machine it's the right starter pad too, because it's more forgiving than a hard cutting pad. The risk of grinding through the paint with the wrong technique is clearly lower with the medium pad than with an aggressive cutting pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you work on different vehicle types regularly, you'll benefit from a structured pad system. Dark cars and clear coats with thin film thickness call for more of a feel — here the ExzenterPad medium is often the safe bet, because it keeps the removal controllable. On light colours and paint with good film thickness, a hard pad on the first pass can make sense too, to clear deep scratches faster. A careful film-thickness check with a paint depth gauge before polishing is standard at a professional level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional use, the pack options of 15 pieces (Ø125 mm) or 10 pieces (Ø150 mm) are worth it. Detailers polishing several cars a day change the pad at the latest after two or three cars — a fresh pad gives consistently better results than a saturated one. With the 15-piece set you have enough pads for a working day without washing in between. That saves not just time but polish too, because a fresh pad takes up the abrasive more efficiently and releases it more evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor single users with the odd polishing job, the single pack is the right pick: cared for well and cleaned after every use, a PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium lasts many jobs. The combo of ExzenterPad medium for the correction pass and ExzenterPad weich for the closing finishing pass is the standard two-stage workflow Detailing1 recommends for normal everyday cars. As a verified SONAX dealer, Detailing1 stocks the PROFILINE ExzenterPad medium permanently in all sizes and pack quantities. For shops with high polishing volume, combined pad sets are worth a look too: a stock of medium and soft pads covers the whole two-stage workflow without having to reorder mid-job. On request, Detailing1 gives advice on pad rotation strategy for different vehicle classes and polish types.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø125 mm – 1 piece","offer_id":57345292337487,"sku":"D1-SNX-4986000","price":16.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125 mm – 15 pieces","offer_id":57345292370255,"sku":"D1-SNX-4987000","price":109.48,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm – 1 piece","offer_id":57345292403023,"sku":"D1-SNX-4986410","price":18.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm – 10 pieces","offer_id":57345292435791,"sku":"D1-SNX-4987410","price":83.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium_125-mm--1-stueck.png?v=1774736564"},{"product_id":"flex-ppc-cut-polierpad","title":"\"PP-C\" Cut Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX PP-C Cut Polishing Pad — hard cutting pad for maximum removal and deep scratch correction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX PP-C Cut Polishing Pad? The FLEX PP-C is a hard, red foam polishing pad with a specially reticulated, tear-resistant foam — built for the cut step in a multi-stage polishing process: maximum material removal, deep scratch correction and getting rid of oxidation marks on FLEX polishers.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a pro polishing workflow, pad choice is no side note — it's the single most important variable after the machine and the polish. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-C Cut Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the first pad in the three-stage FLEX polishing system: a hard, red foam pad built purely for maximum cut. This is where the real defect correction starts — the step where deep scratches, swirl marks and oxidised paint get worked away through material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-C\u003c\/strong\u003e is made from a specially reticulated foam, known in pad tech for its even pore structure, high tear resistance and thermal stability. Reticulated foam has open pores that take up and release polishing compound evenly — that keeps the cut consistent across the whole panel and stops the polish drying out in the pad. For pads that get used every day, that's a real longevity factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs part of the three-stage \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP pad system\u003c\/strong\u003e (PP-C for cut, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-m-universal-polierpad\"\u003ePP-M for compound\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-f-finish-polierpad\"\u003ePP-F for finish\u003c\/a\u003e), the PP-C isn't meant to stand alone. The value of the cut pad only shows once you pair it with the follow-up steps: what the PP-C corrects through aggressive removal, PP-M refines and PP-F brings to a high gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard foam built for maximum cut — the first step in the three-step protocol.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hardness of the PP-C foam is no accident — it defines the pad's mechanical cutting power. Hard foam transfers more pressure onto the paint, builds more heat and drives the abrasives deeper into scratches than soft pads. For deep scratches, heavily weathered paint and cars that have been neglected for years, the hardness of the PP-C is the difference between a step that actually removes the defects and one that just polishes over them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecially reticulated, tear-resistant foam — longevity in heavy daily use.\u003c\/strong\u003e The reticulated foam body of the PP-C takes up polishing compound evenly and releases it in a controlled way. The open pores stop the polish smearing on the surface and give you an even cutting layer. The tear resistance of the material makes sure the pad keeps its shape even under hard use and high speeds on FLEX polishers — no splitting at the edges, no loss of pad geometry after several polishing sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Ø150mm and Ø125mm — a match for every FLEX polisher class.\u003c\/strong\u003e The PP-C comes in two diameters: Ø150mm for the FLEX XFE 2 15 and other 150mm dual-action polishers, Ø125mm for 125mm machines. Both versions come in 2-packs and 5-packs. For pro detailers polishing every day, the 5-pack makes sense: more pads per session (without washing), lower cost per pad, less frequent re-ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prime the PP-C cut pad evenly with polish before the first use — spread a thin layer of compound across the whole pad face with a finger and run it once at idle to work it in. That stops dry rubbing on the first pass and protects the foam from heating up too fast. Between cars, clean the pad with a pad brush and dampen it slightly — a clean pad works more evenly than a caked-up one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFoam hardness and cutting power — why cut pads have to be hard\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe basic logic of pad hardness gets misread a lot: plenty of beginners think a soft pad is gentler and therefore better. That holds for the finish step — but not for the cut step. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-C Cut Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is hard for good reason: only enough foam hardness lets the abrasives in the polish transfer the mechanical energy the paint needs to actually cut scratches away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA soft pad with the same cutting polish would squash down under the polisher, absorb the pressure and produce less cut. The result: more passes, more time, a worse result. The hard PP-C transfers the machine's pressure straight onto the paint — every stroke of the dual-action polisher turns into cut, with no damping from the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the same time, a hard pad builds more heat than a soft one — that's physics, you can't avoid it. That heat activates the abrasives in the polish and speeds up the process, but it can damage the paint if it overheats. The fix is experience: don't dwell too long in one spot, check pad and surface temperature regularly. For experienced detailers that's second nature; for beginners we'd suggest starting with the more versatile PP-M and saving the PP-C for deeper defects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe red colour of the PP-C is no accident in the FLEX system — it's the international code colour for cut pads. Red says: hard material, high cut, for experienced hands. In a multi-step protocol the colour coding helps you grab the right pad out of the case quickly and avoid mix-ups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReticulated foam isn't all the same. The PP-C uses a specific pore size and pore density built for maximum abrasive uptake alongside mechanical stiffness. Pores too coarse would release the abrasive too fast, pores too fine would trap it. The balance FLEX picked for the PP-C keeps freshly applied compound spread evenly across the whole pad face and releases it in a controlled way over the polishing run — no clumping, no drying out, no uneven cut within a pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the PP-C in the three-step protocol\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-C Cut Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e shows its value in the context of the three-stage polishing process. Step 1 (cut): PP-C with an aggressive cutting compound, the goal is full removal of the defects. Step 2 (compound): PP-M with a medium-aggressive compound, the goal is refinement and clearing the cut haze. Step 3 (finish): PP-F with a fine finishing compound, the goal is maximum gloss and no holograms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cut step with the PP-C is the most demanding and time-consuming of the whole process. It lays the base for the end result: whatever isn't fully corrected in the cut step can't be fully made up in the later steps. A careful, complete cut step with the PP-C — even when it costs time — is the investment that locks in the final result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking with the PP-C on FLEX machines, we'd suggest: small amount of compound on the pad, spread it at low speed, then bring it up to working speed. Overlapping passes with 50% overlap, even pressure across the whole face, no dwelling in one spot for more than 5 seconds. The sign of enough cut: the working compound visibly spreads and greys out as you polish — the abrasive is doing its job. If the compound dries out too fast, you laid down too little material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot every paint surface asks for the same approach. Soft clear coat — like you find on a lot of Asian car brands — reacts faster to the PP-C. Here a single pass with moderate pressure is often enough. Hard clear coat, as fitted on a lot of German premium brands, needs more passes, more pressure and possibly a more aggressive compound choice. Reading the paint hardness before you polish isn't optional prep — it sets the whole protocol: pad choice, compound choice, speed and how much pressure you put in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common mistake in the cut step is working too large an area at once. Run the PP-C over a 60 × 60 cm section and you quickly lose track of how much you've actually removed. The practical call: work sections of 40 × 40 cm, inspect carefully under raking light after every pass before you start the next. It costs more time up front but saves you re-polishing spots that didn't get fully corrected in the first cut step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePP-C sizes and compatibility — Ø125mm and Ø150mm for every FLEX polisher\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-C Cut Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e comes in two diameters, matched to the two dominant FLEX polisher classes. The Ø150mm version is the pick for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15 cordless dual-action polisher\u003c\/a\u003e and other 150mm dual-action polishers in the FLEX line. The Ø125mm version fits the more compact 125mm polisher models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook-and-loop backing is standardised across FLEX: the PP-C sits on the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/a\u003e for the PXE 80 as well as on all standard backing plates for 125mm and 150mm FLEX polishers. No adapter, no tool, no changeover hassle — the pad's on in seconds and it stays put. Even at high speeds and heavy pressure it doesn't lose grip; the hook-and-loop bond is built for the centrifugal forces of dual-action and rotary polishers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pro detailers polishing every day, we'd recommend the 5-pack as your baseline kit. With five pads you can work both sides of a car with a fresh pad — no cleaning in between, no drop-off from spent foam. The 2-pack is the right call for the occasional user or as a top-up to an existing pad set. Either way: the PP-C isn't a throwaway. With the right care — cleaning after every session, dry storage — a PP-C lasts well beyond a single season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePP-C compared — cut pad against universal pad and finish pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the three-part FLEX PP pad system, every pad has its clearly defined role. The PP-C is the most aggressive of the three — right for the toughest jobs, but used wrong its results can disappoint if the right follow-up step is missing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PP-C on its own, without the follow-up refinement from PP-M and PP-F, leaves holograms and buffer marks that are invisible under normal light but clearly visible under raking light and an inspection lamp. It's not a one-step pad — it's the first step in a multi-step process. Detailers who want to polish \"in one step\" are better off with the PP-M universal pad, built for a combined cut-finish approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pros running the three-step approach consistently, the PP-C is the most efficient solution for the cut step: maximum removal on the first pass, minimal extra work in the refinement, a clear job profile with no compromises. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-m-universal-polierpad\"\u003ePP-M universal pad\u003c\/a\u003e for balanced cases, the PP-C for the hard jobs — both have their fixed spot in a pro's kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy the FLEX PP-C — pack sizes and recommendations for pro use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-C Cut Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e comes in two diameters (Ø150mm and Ø125mm) and two pack sizes (2 pieces and 5 pieces). Which pack size you pick depends on how much you use it: for the occasional hobby job the 2-pack is enough. For pro detailers polishing every day, the 5-pack is the more efficient choice — more pads per session (a fresh pad per side of the car), lower cost per pad and less frequent re-ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommendation for a full set: PP-C in the 5-pack (cut), \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-m-universal-polierpad\"\u003ePP-M in the 5-pack\u003c\/a\u003e (compound) and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-f-finish-polierpad\"\u003ePP-F in the 5-pack\u003c\/a\u003e (finish). This set covers the full three-step protocol and lasts a whole polishing season without re-ordering pads. If you only run one pass (single-step method), grab the PP-M as your one pad for day-to-day care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FLEX PP-C pads are compatible with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/a\u003e for the PXE 80 as well as with all standard backing plates for 125mm and 150mm FLEX polishers. The hook-and-loop backing is standardised — the pads stay put but swap out in seconds, no tool needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"Ø150mm \/ 2 pieces","offer_id":57377315586383,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532397","price":38.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150mm \/ 5 pieces","offer_id":57377315619151,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532648","price":95.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø125mm \/ 2 pieces","offer_id":57377315651919,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532398","price":36.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125mm \/ 5 pieces","offer_id":57377315684687,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532649","price":89.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/pp-c-polierpad-150mm.png?v=1775062557"},{"product_id":"flex-ppm-universal-polierpad","title":"\"PP-M\" Universal Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX PP-M universal polishing pad — medium-hard compound step for one-step results and versatile everyday correction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX PP-M universal polishing pad? The FLEX PP-M is a medium-hard, orange foam polishing pad made from reticulated foam — built as the compound step in the three-stage FLEX polishing system and as a universal one-step pad for everyday care, light scratch correction and polish refreshing on FLEX polishing machines.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional detailing the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-M universal polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most-used pad in the whole FLEX PP range. It's the second step in the three-stage polishing system — after the PP-C cut pad and before the PP-F finish pad. At the same time the PP-M is the most versatile pad in the system: you can run it as a standalone one-step pad for light to medium scratch correction when the full three-step job isn't needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe medium-hard foam body of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-M\u003c\/strong\u003e is made from reticulated foam with an open-pore structure — the same approach as the PP-C, but with a lower foam hardness. That gives you a compromise that's remarkably versatile day-to-day: enough cut for light holograms, swirl marks and oxidation spots, but gentle enough for more delicate paint and cars that don't need an aggressive cut step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs part of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP pad system\u003c\/strong\u003e (PP-C for cut, PP-M for compound\/universal, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-f-finish-polierpad\"\u003ePP-F for finish\u003c\/a\u003e) the PP-M pulls double duty: in the three-step protocol it refines the cut holograms left by the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-c-cut-polierpad\"\u003ePP-C\u003c\/a\u003e and preps the surface for the PP-F finish step. As a one-step pad it replaces the whole three-step job on cars with light defects or for regular refresh polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium-hard foam formulation — a balanced cut-to-finish blend for the compound step.\u003c\/strong\u003e The PP-M's hardness sits deliberately between the hard PP-C and the soft PP-F. That middle ground defines the compound job: enough foam hardness to carry the abrasives onto the paint effectively, but soft enough to leave no deep holograms after polishing. In the three-step protocol the PP-M is the step that turns a raw cut result into a presentable surface — ready for the final finish step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticulated foam with an even pore structure — controlled polish pick-up and a long service life.\u003c\/strong\u003e The reticulated foam body takes up compound and polish evenly and releases it in a controlled way. The open-pore structure stops polish from clumping in the pad and keeps the cut spread evenly across the whole face. The material's tear resistance makes sure the PP-M holds its shape even under heavy continuous use — no fraying at the edges, no deformation after plenty of polishing sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Ø150mm and Ø125mm, each as a 2-pack and a 5-pack — for every FLEX polisher class.\u003c\/strong\u003e The PP-M comes in two diameters: Ø150mm for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15\u003c\/a\u003e and other 150mm dual-action polishers, Ø125mm for 125mm machines. Both versions as a 2-pack and a 5-pack. For professional detailers with high throughput the 5-pack is the more economical choice: more pads per car without cleaning in between, and a lower price per pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDay-to-day from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The PP-M works brilliantly as your first pad for a quick one-step polishing pass on regularly maintained cars: lay down fresh compound of medium bite, two or three passes with the FLEX dual-action polisher, then check the result under an inspection light. If the swirls are gone — done. If not quite — follow up with the PP-C for a targeted cut pass on the affected spots. That saves time and is easier on the paint: not every car needs the full three-step job when the paint's condition doesn't call for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe PP-M as a one-step pad — when the universal approach is the better call\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne frequently underrated side of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-M universal polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is how well it works as a one-step pad. In professional detailing you regularly meet cars whose paint condition doesn't call for a full three-step job: new cars with transport protection film, cars after a short lay-up, cars with paint in good baseline shape that only need a refresh polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn those cases reaching for the PP-C as your first step is counterproductive: the aggressive cut makes more work than needed and burns time for nothing. The PP-M with a medium-bite compound delivers the full result on these cars in one step — scratch correction and surface refinement at the same time, with no follow-up hologram removal using the finish pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe key is the pad-and-polish combination. The PP-M with a one-step compound or a milder-formulated compound gets you a result on lightly to moderately damaged paint that looks flawless under normal light. Only under raking light and a professional inspection light are the few fine holograms left visible — not relevant for most customers. For detailers working against the clock, that trade-off is the right call day in, day out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cars with deep scratches, heavy oxidation or long neglect, though, the PP-M on its own isn't enough. Here the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-c-cut-polierpad\"\u003ePP-C\u003c\/a\u003e takes the first step and the PP-M steps into its real role as compound refiner. The skill is in reading the situation right — a judgement that gets surer with experience and good lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice you can test the PP-M's one-step suitability fast: polish a small 20 × 20 cm test area with the PP-M and a suitable compound, then check it under the inspection light. If the defects are gone in one pass, the one-step approach is workable for the whole car. If scratches are still visible or deep swirl patterns show up, switch to the PP-C and run the PP-M after it as the compound step. This test approach saves time and gives you confidence — especially on unfamiliar cars or paint you can't yet read.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe compound step in the three-step protocol — the PP-M's job after the cut\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the three-stage polishing process the compound step is the most demanding job for the pad: it has to remove the cut holograms left by the PP-C without creating new ones, and at the same time lay the base for the final finish step. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-M universal polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for exactly this balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter a careful cut step with the PP-C the surface shows no deep scratches under the inspection light — but an even, fine hologram pattern left by the aggressive cut. The PP-M with a medium-fine compound breaks up that pattern and leaves a surface that's noticeably clearer. The grade of the compound and the hardness of the pad work together here: too soft a pad soaks up too much pressure and doesn't work the fine abrasives in effectively, while too hard a pad creates new holograms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PP-M hits this middle ground precisely. Paired with a quality compound polish it leaves a surface that's ideally prepped for the PP-F finish step: no visible holograms left, clear reflection, an even surface texture. Run the PP-M as the compound step and switch to the PP-F finish afterwards, and after three steps you'll have a surface that satisfies even professional detailers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe speed recommendation for the PP-M compound step is slightly lower than for the PP-C: if you're working with the FLEX dual-action polisher, drop one setting compared with the cut step. The PP-M with medium bite doesn't need max speed — it needs consistency. Slow, overlapping passes with steady pressure are more efficient than fast passes at high speed. The result is more even, and the pad temperature stays in a controlled range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetween two cars we recommend cleaning the PP-M with a pad washing brush or a pad cleaning tool and letting it dry off briefly. Dried polish residue in the pad changes the cut behaviour and can create uneven spots on the paint. A clean, lightly dampened PP-M works more predictably than a caked-up one — and that's the difference between an even result and one you have to go back over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePP-M sizes and compatibility — Ø125mm and Ø150mm in the FLEX hook-and-loop system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-M universal polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e comes in Ø150mm and Ø125mm — matched to the two dominant FLEX dual-action polisher classes. The hook-and-loop mount is fully standardised: the PP-M sits on the same \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/a\u003e as the PP-C and PP-F. Swapping pads between the three steps takes seconds — no tools, no adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Ø150mm version: compatible with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15 cordless dual-action polisher\u003c\/a\u003e and other 150mm machines. For the Ø125mm version: compatible with the FLEX PE 14-2 125 and other 125mm polishers. If you run both machine sizes, keep both pad sizes on the shelf — the PP-M, as the most-used pad, wears down faster than the PP-C or PP-F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5-pack is the more sensible choice for professional use. With five PP-M pads you can work every side of the car with a fresh pad — important above all in the one-step method, where the pad acts as both cut and finish pad and so needs looking after carefully. A clean, freshly washed PP-M works more evenly and efficiently than a spent one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe PP-M compared — the universal pad between cut and finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-M universal polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e differs from the PP-C and PP-F not just in hardness but in its whole use philosophy. The PP-C is specialised for maximum cut — no compromise, full focus on scratch correction. The PP-F is specialised for maximum gloss — no cut, full focus on surface refinement. The PP-M sits in between and, as the only pad in this set, offers both at once, even if neither at the maximum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailers who only want to buy one pad, the PP-M is the right choice: it can run as the compound step in the three-step protocol and at the same time as a one-step pad for less damaged cars. Investing in the PP-M is therefore more flexible than the PP-C or PP-F on their own. If you want to use the full system, round out the PP-M with the PP-C for tough jobs and the PP-F for the final refinement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAgainst generic universal pads from other makers the PP-M has a clear system advantage: it's matched to the FLEX machines and the FLEX pad sizes and is part of a thought-through three-step concept. Look at the PP-M on its own and you see a solid compound pad. Look at it in the context of the FLEX PP system and you see an integrated tool that unfolds its full strength alongside the PP-C and PP-F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX PP-M — recommendations for beginners and pros\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-M universal polishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the first choice for anyone getting into the FLEX polishing system who wants to start with a single pad. As a universal one-step pad it covers the bulk of everyday correction — without the effort of a three-step protocol and without the risk the aggressive PP-C carries for beginners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional detailers the PP-M is the indispensable middle piece of the three-step protocol. The recommendation for the full set: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-c-cut-polierpad\"\u003ePP-C in the 5-pack\u003c\/a\u003e (cut), PP-M in the 5-pack (compound), \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-f-finish-polierpad\"\u003ePP-F in the 5-pack\u003c\/a\u003e (finish) — this set covers a full polishing season for professional use. If you only run one step and want to keep the budget tight, buy the PP-M as your only pad and add to it when you need to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PP-M is compatible with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/a\u003e for the PXE 80, as well as with all standard hook-and-loop backing plates for 125mm and 150mm FLEX polishers. No adapter needed, no compatibility problem — the pad seats on the first try and holds securely even under heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"Ø150mm \/ 2 pieces","offer_id":57377318338895,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532402","price":38.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150mm \/ 5 pieces","offer_id":57377318371663,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532652","price":95.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø125mm \/ 2 pieces","offer_id":57377318404431,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532403","price":36.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø125mm \/ 5 pieces","offer_id":57377318437199,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532653","price":89.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/pp-m-polierpad-150mm.png?v=1775062578"},{"product_id":"flex-ppf-finish-polierpad","title":"\"PP-F\" Finish Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX PP-F Finish Polishing Pad — soft finishing pad for maximum gloss and a hologram-free finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX PP-F finishing pad? The FLEX PP-F is a soft, white foam polishing pad with reticulated foam — built as the final finishing step in the three-step FLEX polishing system for maximum gloss, complete freedom from holograms and a clear, mirror-like paint surface on FLEX polishers.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe last step in the polishing process decides whether a result is truly professional. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-F finishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is that last step: a soft, white pad that polishes the surface to a high gloss with a fine finishing polish, clears every hologram left over from the compound step and leaves a clear, deep-gloss paint surface — ready for a sealant or a coat of wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-F\u003c\/strong\u003e is cut from the same reticulated foam as the PP-C and PP-M, but in a much softer formulation. That softness isn't a shortfall in quality — it's the key property for the finishing step: a soft pad builds up minimal heat, transfers minimal pressure and works the finest finishing abrasives gently and evenly into the paint. The result is a gloss you simply can't hit with hard pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the third step in the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-Pad system\u003c\/strong\u003e (PP-C for cut, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-m-universal-polierpad\"\u003ePP-M for compound\u003c\/a\u003e, PP-F for finish), the PP-F plays a clear and irreplaceable role. What the PP-C starts with aggressive cut and the PP-M carries on with compound refinement, the PP-F finishes off: the paint is brought to the state where the car can be handed back to the customer or prepped for a protective sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft foam for maximum gloss without holograms — the finishing standard in the three-step protocol.\u003c\/strong\u003e The softness of the PP-F foam body is the technical core of what it does: soft foam cushions the pressure from the polisher, dials abrasive aggression down to a minimum and, at the same time, lets the finest polishing particles glide evenly across the paint. The result: no fresh holograms, no buffer trails, no hazy film — just clear, deep gloss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReticulated foam for even finisher release — controlled polish delivery right down to the last pass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The reticulated foam body of the PP-F picks up finishing polish precisely and releases it evenly throughout the whole polishing run. That stops the polish drying out in the pad and the patchy finish that comes with it. For the finishing step, where even results across the whole panel are what count, this steady release is the pad's most important performance factor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Ø150mm and Ø125mm, each as a 2-pack and 5-pack — finishing quality for every FLEX polisher.\u003c\/strong\u003e The PP-F comes in two diameters: Ø150mm for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15\u003c\/a\u003e and other 150mm dual-action polishers, Ø125mm for 125mm machines. As a 2-pack or 5-pack — for pro work with several cars a day the 5-pack is the smarter buy, since a fresh finishing pad per car keeps results consistently high.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e For the PP-F finishing step we'd go lighter on the finisher than in the compound step. The soft PP-F spreads product more efficiently than hard pads — too much polish gives you streaks and a longer dry time. Sweet spot: a small dab of finisher on the pad, spread it at low speed, then bring it up to a medium working speed. After the last pass, always check the result under an inspection light before you lay down a sealant or wax — the PP-F gives its best when the compound step before it is fully finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFoam softness and gloss performance — why finishing pads have to be soft\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe physics of the finishing step is the opposite of the cut step: where hard foam transfers mechanical pressure into the paint on the cut step and pulls scratches out by cutting, the finishing step asks for exactly the reverse. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-F finishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is soft because only soft foam spreads the abrasives in a fine finishing polish evenly enough across the surface that no new micro-holograms show up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard pad with a fine finisher would drive the abrasives too hard into the paint and leave a fine but visible hologram pattern — the very problem the compound step is meant to clear. The soft PP-F kills that effect completely: the abrasives glide gently over the surface, polish to a high gloss and leave no trails of their own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat build-up on the PP-F finishing step is much lower than on the PP-C cut step. The soft foam soaks up part of the machine's energy instead of sending it all into the paint. That's what you want on the finishing step: low temperatures protect the polished surface and let you work longer without risk on heat-sensitive paints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe white colour of the PP-F is the international code colour for finishing pads in the FLEX system. White says: soft material, minimal cut, maximum gloss. In the three-step protocol the colour coding is a handy bit of order: red for PP-C (cut), orange for PP-M (compound), white for PP-F (finish) — no grabbing the wrong pad, even when the case is full.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne more thing about pad softness that often gets underrated: the PP-F is a great fit for older or thinner clear coats, where finishing with a harder pad carries a raised risk of burning through. If you don't know exactly how much clear coat is left on a car — paint thickness under 80 microns is nothing unusual in restoration work — the soft PP-F keeps you on the safe side. Less pressure, less cut, less risk — with no compromise on the final gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the PP-F in the three-step protocol — the decisive final step\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finishing step with the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-F finishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the shortest, but not the least important step in the three-step protocol. It decides the final look: whether the paint comes out clear and mirror-like after the work, or whether a fine haze or holograms cloud the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA good PP-F result needs a fully finished compound step with the PP-M first. If fine holograms are still showing under the inspection light after the PP-M, the PP-F can't fully clear them — it isn't built for that. The PP-F refines a surface that's already well prepped; it doesn't fix incomplete earlier steps. The division of labour in the FLEX PP system is clearly set here and you stick to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking the PP-F on FLEX machines, we'd say: small dab of finisher on the pad, work at a medium speed — the PP-F doesn't need high speed to do its job. Two to three overlapping passes per section, light pressure, no dwelling in one spot. The tell for a good finishing step: the finishing polish disappears completely on the surface without drying out. If it dries too fast, you laid down too little; if it leaves streaks, you laid down too much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe check after the PP-F finishing step matters: under an inspection light, ideally a full-spectrum light with high CRI, you check the finished surface for leftover holograms and buffer trails. A good PP-F result shows a clear, even reflection with no visible pattern. If dark areas still show fine holograms, either the compound step was incomplete or too little finisher went on. In that case: work the same area again with the PP-F and enough finisher — no going back to the PP-M if the rest of the surface is already hologram-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PP-F can also be used as a final care pad on well-kept cars where no scratch correction is needed: a regular refresher polish with the PP-F and a mild finishing product keeps the gloss up and clears a light oxidation film without any cut or compound step. For cared-for cars that get worked regularly, that makes the PP-F a sensible buy on its own too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePP-F sizes and compatibility — Ø125mm and Ø150mm on the FLEX hook-and-loop system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-F finishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e shares its hook-and-loop mounting with the PP-C and PP-M: the same standardised backing plate, the same swap system. That lets you switch pads between all three steps fast, no tools and no lost time. In practice: once you've worked a panel on the cut step, you can run the PP-M and PP-F on the same panel straight after, without re-rigging the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø150mm version is compatible with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15 cordless dual-action polisher\u003c\/a\u003e and other 150mm polishers in the FLEX line. The Ø125mm version fits the more compact 125mm machines. For the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003ePXE 80\u003c\/a\u003e the PP-F in the standard sizes on offer isn't the first choice — here the matching small-pad format is what you want for the finishing step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5-pack makes real sense for the finishing step in particular: since the PP-F is the last pad in the chain and defines the final surface, a clean, fresh pad per car matters more on the finishing step than on any other. Grit carried over from the compound step or dried finisher left in the pad feeds straight into how even the gloss comes out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePP-F compared — finishing pad against universal pad and cut pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-F finishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the specialist end of the FLEX PP-Pad range. Where the PP-C is built for maximum cut and the PP-M for balanced compound work, the PP-F has one goal only: the best possible surface gloss with complete freedom from holograms. That focus makes it a must for anyone chasing professional results — and skippable for anyone who just wants a quick one-step pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the one-step approach the PP-F is the wrong pick: it has too little cut to clear scratches or oxidation. If you polish in one step, you grab the PP-M as the more universal pad. The PP-F only makes sense as the last step in a multi-step protocol — and in that role it's irreplaceable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared with generic finishing pads from other makers, the PP-F is part of a thought-out system: it's matched to the pad sizes and backing plate of the FLEX machines, and its foam hardness is tuned to work with the PP-C and PP-M. Run the full FLEX PP system and you've got a consistent, matched polishing programme — not a pile of pads thrown together at random. That's the difference between a protocol that delivers predictable, repeatable results and one that shifts with every pad combo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX PP-F — recommendations for pro use and the complete pad set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-F finishing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the last investment for a complete FLEX PP system. If you already run the PP-C and PP-M, you close out the set with the PP-F and have a complete three-step polishing programme that suits every paint condition and every correction level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur pick for the full set: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-c-cut-polierpad\"\u003ePP-C in the 5-pack\u003c\/a\u003e (cut), \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-m-universal-polierpad\"\u003ePP-M in the 5-pack\u003c\/a\u003e (compound) and PP-F in the 5-pack (finish) — this set covers a full polishing season for pro use. Or one 2-pack of each for the beginner who wants to get to know the three-step protocol first, before moving up to the 5-packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PP-F is compatible with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/a\u003e for the PXE 80 as well as all standard backing plates for 125mm and 150mm FLEX polishers. Switching between the PP-C, PP-M and PP-F takes seconds — exactly the efficiency that counts in pro use. Three pads, three steps, one flawless result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"Ø150mm \/ 2 pieces","offer_id":57377320173903,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532407","price":38.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø150mm \/ 5 pieces","offer_id":57377320206671,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532655","price":95.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø125mm \/ 2 pieces","offer_id":57377320239439,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532408","price":36.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø125mm \/ 5 pieces","offer_id":57377320272207,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532656","price":89.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/pp-f-polierpad-150mm.png?v=1775062567"},{"product_id":"flex-twpt-fell-polierpad","title":"TW-PT Wool Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX TW-PT Wool Polishing Pad — Aggressive Wool Pad for Maximum Cutting Performance with Rotary and Orbital Polishers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX TW-PT Wool Polishing Pad? The FLEX TW-PT is an aggressive wool polishing pad made of synthetic wool — designed for maximum cutting performance with rotary polishers and orbital polishers for the deepest scratch correction, heavy oxidation removal, and working on industrial paints with FLEX polishing machines.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen foam pads reach their limits, wool polishing pads come into play. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX TW-PT Wool Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most aggressive polishing pad in the FLEX portfolio — a synthetic wool pad that achieves a cutting performance no foam pad can match. For deeply etched scratches, heavily oxidized paints, and industrially hardened paint surfaces, the TW-PT is the right choice when maximum material removal in the shortest possible time is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX TW-PT\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in three diameters: Ø80mm for use on the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003ePXE 80 Cordless Mini Orbital Polisher\u003c\/a\u003e for spot corrections and tight areas, Ø140mm and Ø160mm for large-area processing on standard rotary and orbital polishers. This range makes the TW-PT the most versatile high-performance pad in the FLEX range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWool polishing pads are not mass-market pads for everyday use — they are specialized tools for situations requiring extraordinary cutting performance. The TW-PT is designed for experienced detailers and professionals who know when a foam pad is insufficient and when a wool pad is the only efficient solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSynthetic wool for maximum material removal — superior cutting performance compared to any foam pad.\u003c\/strong\u003e Synthetic wool fibers create a mechanical cutting performance that works structurally differently from foam pad-based removal: The individual fibers of the wool pad penetrate the polish layer and transport the abrasive deep into fine scratches. This results in a removal rate that surpasses even the hardest foam pad. For severe paint damage, heavily weathered vehicles, and industrially hardened clear coats, the fiber technology of the TW-PT is the superior method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree diameters: Ø80mm, Ø140mm, and Ø160mm — for PXE 80 to standard polishers.\u003c\/strong\u003e Availability in three diameters is a clear signal: The TW-PT is designed for the entire FLEX polisher range. The Ø80mm variant for the PXE 80 enables precise spot corrections on individual scratches and paint defects in tight body areas. The Ø140mm and Ø160mm variants cover large-area vehicle processing where high-performance removal on larger surfaces is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelcro attachment for quick pad changes — flexible in professional workflow.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Velcro attachment of the TW-PT is matched to FLEX Velcro backing plates. This allows for quick switching between wool pad and foam pad within a workflow: TW-PT for the initial aggressive removal, then direct switch to a foam pad for refinement — without tools, without long changeovers. For professionals who need to work efficiently, this systemic approach is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The FLEX TW-PT wool polishing pad unfolds its full strength in combination with an aggressive cutting polish on a rotary polisher. For orbital polishers: The cutting performance is significantly lower than with a rotary polisher — with the TW-PT on an orbital polisher, the work is done more by the pad than by the machine movement. For maximum removal effect, use the TW-PT with a rotary polisher. After the wool pad step, always follow up with at least one compounding step with the PP-M foam pad — the TW-PT leaves deeper holograms than a foam pad and therefore requires more refinement effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFiber Technology of the TW-PT — Why Wool Pads Cut Differently Than Foam Pads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fundamental difference between a wool pad like the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX TW-PT Wool Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e and a foam pad lies in the contact geometry with the paint surface. A foam pad has a continuous contact surface — the foam lies flat on the paint and distributes the abrasive evenly over the entire contact area. A wool pad has a fibrous contact structure: The individual fibers touch the paint pointwise, creating locally higher pressure and transporting the abrasive in a different dynamic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fiber dynamic explains the superior cutting performance: The fiber tips create a concentrated cutting effect at each contact point, penetrating deeper into the scratch structure than a flat foam contact. At the same time, the fiber gaps promote the removal of polish residues and paint removal — the pad \"breathes\" during polishing and remains effective longer before it needs to be cleaned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSynthetic wool has several practical advantages over natural wool (lamb's wool) in professional use: It is more reproducible in quality, absorbs less moisture, dries faster after cleaning, and has a longer lifespan with intensive use. The TW-PT made of synthetic wool thus combines the cutting performance of a wool pad with the practical advantages of modern synthetic fibers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe holograms left by a wool pad after polishing are more intense than those of a foam pad — this is physically unavoidable. The fiber contact points create fine but deeper marks in the paint surface. For post-processing with the PP-M compound pad, this means more passes, more time. This extra work is calculated and accepted because the TW-PT cutting step achieves more removal in less time than any foam pad alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication Areas of the TW-PT — When a Wool Pad is the Right Choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TW-PT is not an everyday tool — it is the right tool for specific situations where foam pads are demonstrably insufficient. The most important application scenarios from professional detailing practice: heavily oxidized vehicles where the oxidation layer is too thick to be removed with a foam pad; vehicles with deep impact scratches that cannot be completely removed with a foam pad cut; industrially hardened clear coats that require higher removal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother classic application area of the TW-PT is the restoration of neglected vehicles with several years of paint degradation: weathering, water spots, tree sap residues, and deeply embedded industrial dirt are damage patterns that require aggressive initial processing before normal polishing work can begin. The TW-PT is the first step here — not the finishing pad, but the cleaner that lays the groundwork for all further steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TW-PT is not suitable for every situation: Thin clear coats, vehicles with little remaining clear coat, and sensitive special paints are not suitable applications. Here, the rule is: always measure paint thickness first, then decide. Below 80 microns of clear coat, using a wool pad is risky and should only be performed by experienced professionals who understand and can control the consequences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTW-PT with Rotary and Orbital Polishers — Machine Compatibility in Comparison\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutting performance of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX TW-PT Wool Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e depends heavily on the machine used. The rotary polisher is the natural machine for wool pads: The direct, constant rotational movement combined with the fibers of the TW-PT generates maximum cutting performance. A 180-degree rotary polisher with the TW-PT and an aggressive polish is the most effective system for severe paint damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe orbital polisher with the TW-PT is also possible, but the cutting performance is lower: The orbital stroke movement of the orbital polisher generates less direct pressure than the rotary polisher. The TW-PT on an orbital polisher is therefore more suitable for medium-duty tasks where the safety of the orbital polisher is more important than maximum cut — for example, with less experienced users or on vehicles with a medium to high risk profile for burning through the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003ePXE 80\u003c\/a\u003e in combination with the Ø80mm variant of the TW-PT, the application is limited to spot corrections: small scratch areas, stone chip marks, individual deep defects on door edges or bumpers. The small format enables precise work, while the wool structure of the TW-PT provides the necessary cut — a combination that would not be possible with a normal foam pad with this precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTW-PT in Comparison — Wool Pad vs. Foam Pad and Microfiber Pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TW-PT positions itself in the FLEX pad system as the most aggressive pad — significantly more aggressive than the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-c-cut-polierpad\"\u003ePP-C Cut Foam Pad\u003c\/a\u003e and with a different application profile than the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-mc-pt-160-mikrofaser-polierpad\"\u003eMC-PT 160 Microfiber Polishing Pad\u003c\/a\u003e. All three pads have different strengths: foam pad for controlled, reproducible cut; microfiber pad for the range between foam and wool; wool pad for maximum removal without compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the professional toolbox, this means: not wool pad instead of foam pad, but wool pad in addition to the foam pad. The TW-PT is not a replacement for the PP-C — it is the option for cases where the PP-C is not sufficient. Those who know both pads and use them appropriately work more efficiently than someone who always uses the same pad for everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to wool pads from other manufacturers, the TW-PT, as part of the FLEX system, is matched to FLEX Velcro backing plates and polishing machines. This guarantees optimal contact surface and running behavior — no wobbling, no edge detachment at high speeds. Those who already work with FLEX machines get a wool pad with the TW-PT that is systemically integrated and does not have to be operated with improvised adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother advantage of the TW-PT over cheaper wool pads: The fiber density and fiber length are designed for uniform cut distribution. Cheaper wool pads often have uneven fiber distribution, which leads to an uneven cut pattern — light and dark areas after polishing that remain visible on the finished paint. The TW-PT delivers a consistent, uniform cut pattern over the entire pad surface, which is also sufficient for professional demands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX TW-PT — Who Benefits from the Wool Pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX TW-PT Wool Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is particularly worthwhile for professional detailers and paint preparation experts who regularly work with heavily damaged vehicles. For hobby detailers who keep their own vehicle in good condition, the TW-PT is too aggressive in most cases — here, the PP-C is the right tool for most corrections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommendation for getting started with wool pad polishing: Start with the Ø80mm variant on the PXE 80 on small test areas, learn the behavior, and then switch to the larger diameters on the rotary polisher once you have the necessary feel for the pad's aggressiveness. The TW-PT is a powerful tool that deserves respect and practice — and delivers outstanding results in the right hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a complement to an existing pad set of PP-C, PP-M, and PP-F, the TW-PT closes the last gap upwards: all correction levels covered, from gentle finish to the most aggressive cut. Those who master this complete arsenal can process any vehicle at a professional level — regardless of the initial condition of the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaring for the TW-PT between and after uses is simple: rinse polish residues out with a pad washing brush or under running water after each session, then let it dry flat. Wool pads should not be compressed or stacked during storage — this deforms the fibers and impairs the cutting pattern. A properly maintained TW-PT lasts several seasons before the fibers are so worn that a replacement is advisable. The investment thus quickly pays off for anyone who regularly works with the wool pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"Ø160mm \/ 1 piece","offer_id":57377326563663,"sku":"D1-FLEX-535662","price":24.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø140mm \/ 1 piece","offer_id":57377326596431,"sku":"D1-FLEX-535661","price":21.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø80mm \/ 1 piece","offer_id":57377326629199,"sku":"D1-FLEX-535660","price":8.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/tw-pt-fell-polierpad-160mm.png?v=1775062587"},{"product_id":"flex-mcpt160-mikrofaser-polierpad","title":"\"MC-PT 160\" Microfiber Polishing Pad Ø160mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX MC-PT 160 Microfiber Polishing Pad Ø160mm — High-Performance Cutting Pad for Maximum Cut and Fast Paint Correction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX MC-PT 160 Microfiber Polishing Pad? The FLEX MC-PT 160 is an aggressive Ø160mm polishing pad with a microfiber surface — designed for maximum material removal and fast paint correction in one step, as an alternative to wool pads for detailers who prefer microfiber technology over synthetic fur.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetween foam pads and wool pads, there is a category that is gaining increasing importance in professional workshops: the microfiber polishing pad. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX MC-PT 160 Microfiber Polishing Pad Ø160mm\u003c\/strong\u003e belongs to this category. It combines the cutting performance of an aggressive cut pad with the advantages of microfiber technology — more even cut distribution, lower hologram depth, and faster cleaning than a wool pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX MC-PT 160\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in Ø160mm — larger than the standard sizes Ø125mm and Ø150mm. This extra size makes it particularly efficient for working on large, flat surfaces: hood, roof, long door panels. With more pad area per stroke of the orbital polisher, the same result is achieved in less time — an efficiency factor that counts daily in professional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a high-performance pad in the FLEX range, the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX MC-PT 160 Microfiber Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is not an addition to the foam pad system — it is an alternative for users who prefer microfiber pads or want to utilize the specific cutting power of microfiber technology for certain paint and damage types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrofiber surface for superior cut — more aggressive than foam pads, more controllable than wool pads.\u003c\/strong\u003e Microfiber pads occupy a middle position between foam pads and wool pads: They are more aggressive than any foam pad, but leave finer holograms after polishing than a wool pad. This means less post-processing effort after the cutting step — a clear advantage for professionals who prioritize efficiency over raw cutting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eØ160mm Large-Area Format — more surface area per stroke for faster work.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MC-PT 160, at Ø160mm, is larger than standard polishing pads. On large flat surfaces, the additional pad area means measurably shorter processing time: Fewer passes for the same area, fewer overlaps, more uniform cut pattern over large fields. For professional detailers who factor time as a cost, this increase in efficiency is a real economic advantage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop attachment for quick use on all compatible FLEX polishers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook-and-loop attachment of the MC-PT 160 is matched to FLEX hook-and-loop backing plates. Pad changes take seconds — no screws, no adapters. For professionals who switch between different pads during a session, this system advantage is noticeable daily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MC-PT 160 Microfiber Polishing Pad is particularly effective on large flat surfaces like the hood and roof: The Ø160mm pad surface covers more area with one pass than a Ø150mm pad. For tight areas such as door edges, bumpers, and A-pillars, we still recommend the smaller format — here, precision is more important than surface coverage. After the MC-PT cutting step, always plan at least one compounding step with the PP-M: Microfiber pads leave finer holograms than wool pads, but more intense ones than foam pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMicrofiber Technology — how microfiber pads cut differently than foam and wool\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutting mechanics of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX MC-PT 160 Microfiber Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e are based on the unique contact behavior of microfiber surfaces with paint. Microfibers are significantly finer than wool fibers — typically under 1 denier filament thickness — and have a much higher fiber density per square centimeter. This results in a contact structure that lies between the flat contact of a foam pad and the point contact of a wool pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice, this means: Microfiber pads create a more even abrasive distribution than wool pads and a more intense, direct cutting effect than foam pads. The fine microfibers transport the abrasive more efficiently into scratch structures than a flat foam contact could — but without the intense hologram patterns that coarse-fibered wool pads leave behind. This is the structural advantage of microfiber technology for the cutting step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother advantage of microfiber pads over wool pads is heat management: Microfibers have lower thermal conductivity than wool fibers and tend to generate less heat on the paint surface for the same cutting performance. This is a relevant safety aspect for thin clear coats and sensitive special paints — less risk of overheating damage during intensive cutting operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning the MC-PT 160 after use is easier than with wool pads: Microfibers can be efficiently cleaned with water and a pad washing brush and dry quickly. Polish contamination settles less deeply into the fiber structure than with wool, which reduces cleaning time. For professionals with high pad throughput, this is a practical everyday advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe even cut distribution of microfiber technology also affects polishing time: A foam pad often requires many passes for severe damage to achieve the desired result. The microfiber pad often achieves the same level of correction in one to two fewer passes. In a session with multiple vehicles, this time saving adds up to a measurable productivity advantage — without compromising the quality of the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eØ160mm Large Format — why pad size matters for efficiency and quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of pad size is not a minor point in professional detailing — it directly determines the processing time and the uniformity of the result on large surfaces. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX MC-PT 160\u003c\/strong\u003e offers more contact area with Ø160mm than a Ø150mm pad — in practice, about 13% more area per pass. This sounds marginal, but when working on a hood or a car roof, it adds up to noticeably fewer passes required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn large, flat surfaces, a larger pad has another advantage: fewer overlap points between passes mean a more even cut distribution over the entire surface. A smaller pad with more passes tends to produce a less even cut at the overlap edges than a large pad that covers the same area with fewer passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor tight body areas, wheel arches, and body edges, the Ø160mm format is naturally less suitable. Here we recommend switching to the Ø125mm or Ø150mm foam pads, which work more precisely in these areas. The MC-PT 160 is the large-area tool — it complements the pad arsenal, it does not replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice, a structured workflow proves its worth: MC-PT 160 for all large, flat main surfaces of the vehicle in the cutting step, then switch to PP-C Ø150mm for bumpers, door edges, and tight areas. After that, compound and finish with the corresponding foam pads over the entire vehicle. This workflow combines the surface efficiency of the MC-PT 160 with the precision of the smaller foam pads — and saves time overall compared to a purely foam-pad-based approach for more severe paint damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMC-PT 160 Compatibility and Machine Choice — Orbital vs. Rotary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX MC-PT 160 Microfiber Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is primarily designed for use with an orbital polisher. With a rotary polisher, the aggressiveness of a Ø160mm pad is more difficult to control — the uniform rotary motion combined with the large pad surface and microfibers generates more heat and a more aggressive, less uniform material removal distribution. For experienced professionals who master rotary polishers, the MC-PT 160 is possible on a rotary polisher — for typical orbital use, it is the more natural and safer environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn an orbital polisher, the Ø160mm format benefits fully: The orbital motion of the orbital polisher evenly distributes the microfiber contact points over the entire pad and creates a homogeneous cutting pattern without overheating risks. The larger the throw of the orbital polisher, the more even the distribution — machines with a 15mm orbital throw like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15\u003c\/a\u003e are particularly well suited for this pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pad mounting, a hook-and-loop backing plate in Ø160mm or a flexible large hook-and-loop backing plate that can fully accommodate the Ø160mm pad surface is required. If the hook-and-loop backing plate is too small, the pad center would not have sufficient grip, and the pad would run eccentrically during polishing. Before the first use of the MC-PT 160, always check that the hook-and-loop backing plate has the necessary size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMC-PT 160 Comparison — Microfiber Pad vs. Wool Pad and Foam Pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX MC-PT 160 Microfiber Polishing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e occupies a clear position in the FLEX pad spectrum: more aggressive than the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-c-cut-polierpad\"\u003ePP-C Cut Foam Pad\u003c\/a\u003e, more controllable, and leaving finer holograms than the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-tw-pt-fell-polierpad\"\u003eTW-PT Wool Pad\u003c\/a\u003e. It is the choice for users who seek the cutting performance of an aggressive pad but do not have the time for the post-processing of a wool pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor polishing beginners, the MC-PT 160 is not the first recommendation — the foam pad system of PP-C, PP-M, and PP-F covers most everyday requirements and is more forgiving in handling. The MC-PT 160 is the next level for anyone who masters the basics and wants to expand their pad selection with a high-performance microfiber option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a single pad without a set offer, the MC-PT 160 is supplied as one piece. For professional use, we recommend keeping at least two in stock — one for active use, one as a fresh spare pad for new vehicles or after intensive cleaning intervals. The microfiber pad is durable, but fresh pads deliver consistently better results than heavily used ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lifespan of the MC-PT 160 heavily depends on cleaning discipline: Regular washing after each session, complete drying before storage, and protection from mechanical deformation significantly extend its lifespan. Microfiber pads that are compressed or stored wet quickly lose their fiber structure and thus their cutting performance. With proper care, the MC-PT 160 is a long-term companion in the professional pad arsenal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone using the MC-PT 160 for the first time with microfiber pads will quickly notice the differences from foam pad technology: faster response, more intense feedback on machine position and pressure, more direct reaction to polish application. The first time requires some getting used to, but after that, microfiber technology becomes indispensable for many professionals — it fills a gap in the pad system that only becomes truly apparent after the first use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"Ø160mm \/ 1 piece","offer_id":57377328333135,"sku":"D1-FLEX-434434","price":19.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-mc-pt-160-mikrofaser-polierpad-160mm-160mm-1-stueck-434434.png?v=1775059109"},{"product_id":"flex-ppmix35hex-polier-set","title":"\"PP-Mix 35 HEX\" Polishing Set PU30","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX Polishing Set VE30 — complete Hex-Logic polishing pad assortment in bulk packaging for professionals and workshops\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX Polishing Set VE30? The FLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX is a mixed bulk pack with 30 units of various HEX-Logic polishing pads — a complete assortment of cut, compound, and finish pads in different sizes for professional workshop use and restocking.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who polishes daily knows: pad management is a significant cost factor in everyday workshop operations. Buying individual pads is flexible but expensive. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX Polishing Set VE30\u003c\/strong\u003e is the answer to this calculation: 30 units of mixed HEX-Logic polishing pads in a bulk package — the complete pad assortment for all three polishing steps, in one purchase, at a reduced unit price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX\u003c\/strong\u003e is the set that professional detailers and detailing workshops use for their seasonal stocking. Instead of reordering each pad type individually, the VE30 package covers the demand for several weeks of professional use in a single order. This saves time, shipping costs, and administrative effort — and simultaneously ensures that all three pad types are always available in sufficient quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a mixed set from the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP polishing pad system\u003c\/strong\u003e, the PP-Mix 35 HEX contains pads of types \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-c-cut-polierpad\"\u003ePP-C (Cut\/Red)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-m-universal-polierpad\"\u003ePP-M (Compound\/Orange)\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pp-f-finish-polierpad\"\u003ePP-F (Finish\/White)\u003c\/a\u003e in a HEX-Logic configuration — the assortment is adapted to typical consumption ratios in professional use, where the compound step consumes the most pads, followed by cut and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 units of mixed HEX pad assortment — all three polishing steps covered in bulk.\u003c\/strong\u003e The VE30 package contains a well-thought-out mix of PP-C, PP-M, and PP-F pads in HEX-Logic design. This compilation covers all three steps of the three-step protocol — without separate individual orders, without gaps in the pad inventory. For workshops with high vehicle throughput, this is the most efficient way to keep the pad assortment consistently in stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHEX-Logic polishing pad format — optimally matched to FLEX polishing machines.\u003c\/strong\u003e The HEX-Logic design of the pads in the PP-Mix 35 HEX is matched to FLEX orbital polishers and the FLEX hook-and-loop system. The hexagonal honeycomb pattern on the underside of the pad improves air circulation during polishing and reduces heat development — a technical advantage over smooth-surface pads, which is particularly relevant for intensive continuous use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVE30 bulk packaging for continuous professional use — economical unit price for workshops.\u003c\/strong\u003e The VE30 bulk packaging offers a significant price advantage compared to buying 30 individual pads. For detailers and workshops that consider pad costs as a relevant calculation, the PP-Mix 35 HEX is the more economical solution. The reduced unit price quickly pays for itself with regular use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimal use of the PP-Mix 35 HEX VE30 bulk package: Store the pads sorted by type (Cut\/Compound\/Finish) — separate storage boxes for each type prevent confusion and allow for quick inventory of the pad stock. After each session, sort out used pads, wash them, and reuse them as \"second-use pads\" for less critical applications (first compound round, test areas) before finally disposing of them. This maximizes the lifespan of each pad from the bulk package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHEX-Logic Technology — why hexagonal pads work better than smooth surfaces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HEX-Logic designation in the name of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX Polishing Set\u003c\/strong\u003e describes a specific pad technology: The underside of the pads is not smooth, but features a hexagonal honeycomb structure. This geometric structure has a direct effect on polishing behavior and heat generation during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe channels between the honeycomb segments allow for improved air circulation under the rotating pad. During polishing, frictional heat is generated between the pad and the paint surface — an unavoidable physical process. With a fully contacting smooth pad, this heat accumulates under the pad and can overheat the paint surface. The HEX-Logic channel structure dissipates this heat sideways and keeps the pad surface and the paint within a controlled temperature range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother effect of the honeycomb structure is the more even abrasive distribution: The channels between the honeycomb segments act as polish reservoirs, evenly supplying the compound during polishing. This prevents localized drying out of the polish in the center of the pad — a common problem with smooth-surface pads that leads to an uneven cut pattern. In workshop use with high pad stress, this advantage is measurable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HEX-Logic pads are fully compatible with the standard FLEX hook-and-loop system — no adapters, no changes to the machine configuration. Anyone who already knows FLEX polishing pads from the PP-C\/M\/F standard line can immediately switch to the HEX-Logic variant on the same hook-and-loop plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe foam quality of the HEX-Logic pads is identical to that of the standard PP-Pads: reticulated foam in hard (Cut), medium (Compound), and soft (Finish) grades. The honeycomb structure is a geometric optimization of the pad's underside and does not change the foam properties themselves. Anyone familiar with the cutting behavior of standard PP-Pads can directly assess the behavior of the HEX-Logic variant — with improved heat and polish distribution properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePad care in everyday workshop life — how to manage 30 HEX pads efficiently\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcquiring thirty pads at once is only economical if they are also cared for and used efficiently. A damaged or saturated pad loses its cutting performance and delivers poorer results — this applies to the HEX-Logic variant of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as to all other foam polishing pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe basic rule of pad care: After each polishing session, wash the used pads with water and a pad washing brush until the water runs clear. Dried polish residues in the pad change the absorption behavior and create uneven cutting patterns during the next use. The HEX-Logic honeycomb structure facilitates washing compared to smooth-surface pads — the channels between the honeycomb segments allow for more efficient rinsing of the foam structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with multiple polishing stations, we recommend a rotating pad system: Fresh pads per vehicle, used pads after washing reused as \"second-use pads\" for initial compound passes before being discarded after several uses. This extends the lifespan of the 30 pads from the VE30 package and further optimizes the cost-performance ratio. With this management strategy, a VE30 package covers significantly more than just 30 polishing sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePad mix in the VE30 bulk package — which pads are included and in what quantity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX\u003c\/strong\u003e contains 30 units in a composition tailored to typical consumption ratios in the three-step protocol. Experience shows that the compounding step consumes the most pads — both due to more intensive wear and more frequent use per vehicle. The cutting step consumes fewer pads than the compounding step, but more than the finishing step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis consumption logic is reflected in the mix ratio of the VE30 package. For professional detailers who use the set for several weeks, the distribution matches the actual consumption profile — no surplus of little-used pad types, no premature sell-out of frequently needed types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad sizes in the PP-Mix 35 HEX are also adapted to typical FLEX polisher use. The included pads fit on the common FLEX hook-and-loop plates and thus cover the majority of the machine fleet in a professional detailing workshop. No special sizes that only work on certain machines — the VE30 package is designed as a universal replenishment set for standard applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a very specific need — for example, exclusively cutting severely damaged vehicles — you should also consider individual pads. The PP-Mix 35 HEX is optimized for balanced all-round use, not for one-sided protocols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailers new to the FLEX system, the PP-Mix 35 HEX VE30 is also an ideal entry point: Instead of having to buy individual pads and only finding out over time how many of each type are needed, the set provides a complete assortment that covers all initial needs. The unit price in bulk is also cheaper than buying individually — a double advantage for starting out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePP-Mix 35 HEX in comparison — bulk packaging versus individual purchase and other set options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX Polishing Set VE30\u003c\/strong\u003e is not the only way to purchase FLEX polishing pads — but for certain application profiles, it is the most economical option. The comparison with individual purchases shows the calculation: Anyone buying 30 pads in individual packs of 2 or 5 will pay the retail unit price per pad. The VE30 package offers the same pad inventory at a lower unit price — the price difference grows with the quantity ordered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor beginners and hobby detailers who polish one to two vehicles monthly, the VE30 bulk package is usually oversized — here, the 2- or 5-packs of individual pad types are the right choice. The PP-Mix 35 HEX is aimed at professionals and workshops with a vehicle throughput where 30 pads are consumed within a season. For this target group, the bulk package is the most efficient procurement option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to mix sets from other manufacturers, the PP-Mix 35 HEX has a system advantage: The included pads are matched to FLEX machines and the FLEX hook-and-loop system — no experimenting with unknown pad qualities, no risk of incompatibilities. Anyone already working with FLEX systems knows the behavior of PP-Pads and can immediately assess what they are acquiring with the VE30 package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying FLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX — for whom and when the bulk package is the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PP-Mix 35 HEX Polishing Set VE30\u003c\/strong\u003e is worthwhile for anyone who regularly works with FLEX polishing machines and wants to manage their pad inventory efficiently and economically. The target group includes professional detailers, paint shops offering detailing services, vehicle detailing workshops, and anyone offering vehicle care as a commercial service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ideal time to order is at the beginning of the season — before the first main polishing season in spring or after summer, when the previous season's pad inventory is depleted. Stocking a VE30 package at the beginning of the season secures the entire season's demand and prevents bottlenecks in the middle of peak load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with multiple polishing stations, we recommend dividing the package by pad type and storing it centrally. This ensures that each workstation has access to fresh pads of all three types at all times — no searching, no swapping between workstations, no risk of interruptions due to missing pads in the middle of a vehicle job. The PP-Mix 35 HEX is thus not only a procurement decision but also a workflow optimization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a supplement to the bulk package, we recommend stocking the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pt-mf-380-dual-mikrofasertuch\"\u003eFLEX PT-MF 380 Dual Microfiber Cloth\u003c\/a\u003e also in multi-packs — the microfiber cloth is the necessary final step after each polishing pass and is needed as frequently as the pads. Those who have sufficient quantities of pads and cloths in stock are optimally equipped for the entire polishing season — without bottlenecks and interruptions in everyday workshop life.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"PP-Mix 35 HEX \"533182\" (PU30)","offer_id":57377616986447,"sku":"D1-FLEX-533182","price":117.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-pp-mix-35-hex-polier-set-ve30-pp-mix-35-hex-533182-ve30-533182.png?v=1775059210"},{"product_id":"flex-fs140-flexible-welle","title":"\"FS 140\" Flexible Shaft","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft — professional polishing system extension for maximum reach with orbital polishers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft? The FLEX FS 140 is a professional extension and system accessory for FLEX orbital polishers — a flexible polishing cylinder made of soft foam in Ø140mm, which is mounted on FLEX orbital polishers and is designed for working on seats, upholstery, trims, and hard-to-reach interior areas.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost polishers in detailing are designed for paintwork — flat metal pads, rigid backing plates, hard foam geometries. However, different requirements apply to interiors and upholstered surfaces: soft geometries, high flexibility, long reach into corners and folds. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e has been developed for these requirements — a special attachment for FLEX orbital polishers that enables tasks that cannot be solved with standard pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX FS 140\u003c\/strong\u003e is available as a set: in the standard configuration (SKU 516112) with the complete scope of delivery for immediate use, and in the C-variant (SKU 533183) as a compatible add-on set. Both variants enable the use of FLEX orbital polishers in interior areas, upholstered surfaces, and curved surfaces where standard pads reach their geometric limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a system accessory for \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX orbital polishers\u003c\/strong\u003e, the FS 140 fits into FLEX's overall concept: expandability and adaptability instead of rigid individual products. Those who already work with FLEX machines can significantly expand their range of applications with the FS 140 — without having to purchase an additional machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eØ140mm Cylinder Polishing Format — large processing area for upholstery and curved surfaces.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Ø140mm polishing body of the FS 140 is designed for large-area interior work: seat cushions, backrests, headliners, and door panels can be efficiently and evenly treated with the cylindrical pad. The cylinder geometry adapts better to curves and contours than a flat foam pad — crucial for even results on curved surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible foam materials for gentle processing — no damage to sensitive upholstery surfaces.\u003c\/strong\u003e The soft foam material of the FS 140 is suitable for use on textiles, leather, and synthetic leather: It yields and adapts to the surface geometry without leaving hard edges or pressure points on the material. For sensitive leather upholstery and textile trims, this foam softness is crucial — no abrasion, no edge pressure, even distribution of the care product over the entire processing area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with FLEX orbital polishers — direct use without additional machines.\u003c\/strong\u003e The FS 140 is designed for use with FLEX orbital polishers. Anyone who already owns a FLEX orbital polisher for paintwork can use the same machine with the FS 140 for interior work. This saves investment costs and reduces the need for equipment in the toolbox — one tool for two areas of application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The FLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft unleashes its full potential in leather and upholstery care: Evenly work in a high-quality leather conditioner onto the leather seat with the polishing pad at low speed — this saves considerable time compared to manual hand application and ensures deeper product penetration into the leather structure than pure handwork. Always start at the lowest possible speed and only increase it once the behavior of the machine-pad combination on the respective surface has been assessed. Never linger with the polisher on heavily textured seams or decorative stitching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of application for the FS 140 — interior, upholstery, and curved surfaces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e opens up work areas that cannot be worked on at all, or only unsatisfactorily, with standard polishing equipment. The most important areas of application from professional detailing: leather care on car seats, reconditioning of Alcantara upholstery, even distribution of textile impregnations on fabric interiors, and the reconditioning of headliners and door panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn leather care, the machine application of leather care products is significantly more efficient than manual application: The orbital polisher with the FS 140 distributes the care product deeper and more evenly into the leather surface than a hand applicator — especially with grained or structured leather, where manual applicators reach the raised areas more efficiently than the depressions. The result is more evenly cared for leather that remains soft and supple for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor vehicles with heavily neglected leather — dried out, cracked, or dulled surfaces — the FS 140 is particularly valuable: In several passes with an intensive leather conditioner at the lowest speed, even heavily used leather surfaces can be revitalized. The machine application ensures that the care product penetrates into cracks and the dry fiber structure — a deep effect that pure hand application cannot achieve. For professional classic car restorers and premium vehicle detailers, the FS 140 is therefore an indispensable tool in leather revitalization work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaution is advised for Alcantara and high-quality textile upholstery: The speed of the orbital polisher must be reduced to a minimum, and the pad must be clean and free of product residue from previous uses. Alcantara is sensitive to excessive mechanical influence — here the FS 140 is an aid for even impregnation distribution, not for abrasive cleaning work. With the right setting, the FS 140 is also suitable for these sensitive materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutside the vehicle interior, the FS 140 is also interesting for curved body parts where a flat polishing pad does not lie flat: heavily curved bonnets, fender wheel arches, or roof contours. The flexible foam geometry of the FS 140 adapts better to these curves than a rigid flat pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 140 Variants — Set 516112 vs. C Set 533183\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 140 system is available in two variants, which differ in scope of delivery and application profile. Understanding these differences is important for the correct procurement decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 140 Set (SKU D1-FLEX-516112, €243.95) is the complete set for direct use: It contains all components for immediate use with the FLEX orbital polisher — the polishing body, the mounting, and all necessary connecting parts. Anyone purchasing the FS 140 for the first time and wanting to be immediately ready for use should choose the complete set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 140 C Set (SKU D1-FLEX-533183, €202.30) is the compatible add-on variant for users who already own parts of the FS 140 system or require a specific configuration. The lower price of the C Set reflects the reduced scope of delivery — not a lower quality of the components included. For workshops that need multiple FS 140 sets and already have parts in stock, the C Set is the more economical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 140 Accessories and Expansion Options — Polishing Bodies for Every Application\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e is not just a single polishing pad — the system is designed for various application bodies. In addition to the standard polishing body, other geometries are available for different tasks: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-polier-zylinder-ve5\"\u003eFS 140 polishing cylinder\u003c\/a\u003e for large-area cylindrical treatments and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-polier-kegel-ve5\"\u003eFS 140 polishing cone\u003c\/a\u003e for conical surfaces and deeply concave areas. These interchangeable body variants make the FS 140 system a true interior polishing system instead of a single-purpose attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanging between the application bodies is tool-free and takes seconds — the same quick-change principle that applies to FLEX exterior pads. In a workshop environment where various vehicle types and configurations are worked on daily, this flexibility is crucial: one application body for flat seats, another for bucket seats with deep back contours, a third for door panels with pronounced decorative profiles. The FS 140 system grows with the demands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that use the FS 140 as their primary tool for interior care, we recommend keeping all available application bodies in stock. The unit costs of the individual bodies are low compared to the purchase of the basic set — and each additional application body significantly expands the range of applications of the existing set. The storage effort is minimal; the added value per additional body is high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 140 in comparison — special accessories vs. manual interior care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 140 is not the right investment for every detailer — it is aimed at professionals who regularly offer interior care and upholstery detailing as a service. A comparison with manual work shows when the investment is worthwhile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManually applied leather care product on an average car interior with four seats: 30–45 minutes of pure application time, uneven product distribution in hard-to-reach areas, fatigue effects with intensive manual labor. With the FS 140 on the FLEX orbital polisher: 10–15 minutes for the same interior, more even product distribution, significantly less manual effort. For detailers who prepare several vehicles daily, this time saving adds up to a measurable economic advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to special machines for interior detailing, the FS 140 has the advantage of not requiring a separate machine investment: The FLEX orbital polisher, which is used for paintwork, also takes care of interior detailing with the FS 140. One machine, two areas of application — that is the system concept of FLEX, which is concretely materialized in the FS 140.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX FS 140 — for whom is the flexible shaft worthwhile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 140 is worthwhile for professional detailers and vehicle preparation workshops that offer complete vehicle detailing — interior and exterior. Those who only offer paint polishing as a service generally do not need the FS 140. However, those who offer a comprehensive preparation service that includes leather, upholstery, and textiles will directly benefit from the time savings and quality improvement that the FS 140 provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is recommended to start with the full set (SKU 516112) to be immediately ready for use and to fully understand its functionality. If, after initial use, you recognize the strengths of the FS 140 and require additional sets for other workstations, you can choose the more affordable C Set (SKU 533183) as an addition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs part of the FLEX system accessories, the FS 140 complements \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX orbital polishers\u003c\/a\u003e with an interior capability that these machines would not have without the accessory. Those who consistently use the FLEX polishing system as a system and not just as an individual tool will find the FS 140 to be a sensible and economically attractive system extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen purchasing, carefully choose the variant: The full set (SKU 516112) for first-time users, the C Set (SKU 533183) as an addition if partial equipment is already owned. If you are unsure which variant is right, choose the full set — it contains everything necessary and leaves no unanswered questions during initial use. The additional cost compared to the C Set is small given the added value of immediate readiness for use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"FS 140 Set \"516112\"","offer_id":57377617183055,"sku":"D1-FLEX-516112","price":243.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"FS 140 C Set \"533183\"","offer_id":57377617215823,"sku":"D1-FLEX-533183","price":202.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-fs-140-flexible-welle-fs-140-set-516112-516112.png?v=1775058650"},{"product_id":"flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller","title":"\"BP-M\" PXE Backing Plate","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX BP-M PXE Backing Plate — Precise pad carrier for the PXE 80 dual-action polisher in three diameters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX BP-M PXE backing plate? The FLEX BP-M PXE is a Velcro backing plate for the FLEX PXE 80 12-EC dual-action polisher that holds polishing pads securely and lets you swap them fast – available in Ø30mm, Ø50mm and Ø75mm for different work areas.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you run the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e, you already know the real strength of this compact polisher is how versatile it is. Depending on the area, pad size and job, the machine needs the right backing plate. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX BP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/strong\u003e is the direct interface adapter between machine and polishing pad – and it comes in three diameters that cover the full working range of the PXE 80.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDay-to-day with the PXE 80, the backing plate is what largely decides how precisely and effectively the machine works in a given spot. A plate that's too big loses control on tight panels; one that's too small on medium areas just eats up your time. The BP-M PXE solves that with its three sizes, giving you the best mix of coverage and precision for whatever you're working on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"M\" in the name stands for the medium hardness of the plate's foam base. That mid-range hardness strikes a good balance – enough give to follow curves and bulges, enough stability to keep even pad pressure across a flat panel. That's a key factor if you want repeatable results in pro detailing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree diameters for gap-free area coverage.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30mm for the smallest detail zones and badges, Ø50mm as the universal size for the bulk of PXE 80 work, Ø75mm for larger zones with a compact polisher. One plate type covers the entire working field of the PXE 80 in a systematic way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelcro connection for a fast pad swap, no tools.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook-and-loop system lets you swap pads in seconds – no screwing, no tools. In practice that means: swap the pad, keep polishing. On multi-stage correction (cut, medium, finish) especially, that quick swap makes a real time difference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium-hard foam base for matched pad pressure.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M base gives the pad a little room to follow contours – door edges, bumper radii, mirror curves. At the same time it's firm enough to carry even pressure across the whole pad face without springing away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDay-to-day from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e For pro work with the PXE 80 we'd keep at least two backing-plate sizes within reach: the Ø50mm as your main plate for most passes and the Ø30mm for anything under 4cm wide. Swapping between plate and pad goes fastest if you run two mounted plates with different pads in parallel – just switch between the machine and the spare plate instead of pulling the pad off every single time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBacking plates in detailing – function, build and why diameter matters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ebacking plate\u003c\/strong\u003e – the same part detailers everywhere call the \"backing plate\" – is the link between the machine's polishing spindle and the pad itself. The plate takes the pad on its underside via a Velcro system; on top it screws firmly onto the spindle thread of the polisher. Its build – diameter, material thickness, foam hardness – largely sets how the whole combo polishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diameter of the plate plays a central role that often gets underrated. A plate noticeably bigger than the work area digs its outer edges into neighbouring surfaces – on door edges, trim strips or spoiler edges that's a direct risk of marks you didn't want. A plate that fits the work area gives you full control instead: you see the edges, you work right up to them, and you put the pressure exactly where it's needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe foam hardness of the base also affects how evenly the pad sits on the surface. A soft base gives – good for heavily curved or uneven panels, but on flat areas it can lead to uneven pressure. A hard base transfers pressure precisely but follows curves less well. With its medium hardness the BP-M PXE deliberately takes the middle road, which makes it ideally suited to the typical work you do with the PXE 80.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Velcro system on the BP-M PXE is built to hold pads securely – even under the centrifugal force of the spinning orbit. At the same time pads pull off clean, without damaging the hooks. That's a point that feeds straight into tool life and cost day-to-day, with frequent pad swaps between polishing steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBP-M PXE Ø30 vs. Ø50 vs. Ø75 – which diameter for which job\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three diameters of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX BP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/strong\u003e aren't arbitrary – they systematically cover different work areas of the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e. Getting these differences clear helps you make the right pick for your job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBP-M PXE Ø30mm (492353)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the smallest plate and therefore the precision tool for the tiniest surfaces. Typical spots: emblems and logos, narrow trim strips, the area between headlight and fender, recesses in bumpers or grip hollows in door handles. With a Ø30mm plate and a matching small pad you can still polish a single square centimetre on purpose. This plate isn't meant for large areas – but for the work no other tool manages, it's irreplaceable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBP-M PXE Ø50mm (509248)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the universal all-rounder for everyday PXE 80 work. It fits most of the surfaces that make the PXE 80 the tool of choice: door edges, A-pillars, mirror housings, spoiler lips, transition zones around wheel arches. With the Ø50mm plate you've got enough coverage to work quickly, but still enough precision for tight spots. If you're only buying one backing plate for the PXE 80, start with the Ø50mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBP-M PXE Ø75mm (492361)\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you the largest working face and makes sense when you also tackle slightly bigger, accessible sections with the PXE 80 – say when refining spots the 150mm polisher didn't get perfect. The Ø75mm plate still stays clearly smaller than the standard 150mm plate, but gives you noticeably more area output than the Ø50mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBP-M PXE in a pro detailing workflow – pairing with FLEX polishing pads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/strong\u003e shows its full potential paired with the right FLEX polishing pads. FLEX offers the PP series for that – \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-ppc-cut-polierpad\"\u003ePP-C (Cut)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-ppm-universal-polierpad\"\u003ePP-M (Universal\/Medium)\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-ppf-finish-polierpad\"\u003ePP-F (Finish)\u003c\/a\u003e – which press straight onto the backing plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a typical PXE 80 workflow the job runs in several stages. On a paint correction you start with the PP-C on the BP-M PXE Ø50mm or Ø75mm for the cutting phase, switch to the PP-M for the medium polish, and finish off with the PP-F. Between each step: pull the pad off the plate, press the new one on, keep going. No tools, no screws, no waiting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with lots of transitions especially – sports cars, cars with prominent spoilers or skirts – that flexibility makes a measurable difference in overall time. Kit the PXE 80 out with a set of BP-M PXE plates in different sizes and the matching pads ready to go, and you can run every polishing stage of a car efficiently, with no needless stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother plus in pro use: backing plates wear out faster than the machine itself. With the BP-M PXE as a separate consumable you just swap the plate after heavy use, without touching the whole machine. That extends the life of the PXE 80 and keeps polishing quality steady.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLEX BP-M vs. BP-M\/SR – backing plates with and without cushioning compared\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlongside the \u003cstrong\u003eBP-M PXE\u003c\/strong\u003e, FLEX also offers the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmsrd30-spezial-klebe-teller\"\u003eBP-M\/SR D30\u003c\/a\u003e – a backing plate with built-in cushioning (SR = shock ring). The difference is relevant and worth weighing when you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP-M PXE without the SR cushioning passes the orbital motion of the PXE 80 straight to the pad and the surface. That's the right call for most polishing work: maximum energy transfer, direct control, precise force. When you're doing a paint correction, that direct link between machine output and polishing surface is exactly what you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP-M\/SR with its cushioning ring, on the other hand, damps part of the vibration before it reaches the pad. That does drop the energy transfer slightly, but it protects delicate surfaces or thin paint from too aggressive a bite. It also cuts the vibration you feel at the wrist over longer sessions – a comfort factor that matters over hours of detailing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur take: the BP-M PXE is the first choice for most pro polishing steps. We'd add the BP-M\/SR for final finishing on delicate single-stage paint or very thin clear coats. Both versions have their clearly defined place – and if you work the PXE 80 professionally, you'll get value out of both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX BP-M PXE – how to put the right set together\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best use of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX BP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/strong\u003e we'd suggest this set-up: the \u003cstrong\u003eØ50mm as your main plate\u003c\/strong\u003e for the bulk of the work, backed up by the \u003cstrong\u003eØ30mm\u003c\/strong\u003e for small surfaces and precision jobs. If you regularly work slightly larger sections with the PXE 80 too, round the set off with the \u003cstrong\u003eØ75mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three plates are fully compatible with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e and fit the machine's standard spindle. The matching polishing pads from the FLEX PP series – \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-ppc-cut-polierpad\"\u003ePP-C\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-ppm-universal-polierpad\"\u003ePP-M\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-ppf-finish-polierpad\"\u003ePP-F\u003c\/a\u003e – press straight on. And if you also run the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-dt-adapter-pxe80\"\u003eDT Adapter PXE 80\u003c\/a\u003e, you can stretch what the PXE 80 does even further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a consumable, we'd keep at least two of the Ø50mm main plate on the shelf. Velcro surfaces wear under heavy pro use, and a spare plate on the shelf stops an unexpected work stop right in the middle of a job. With the BP-M PXE you're investing in the wear part that makes the link between machine and result more direct – a small component with a big say in polishing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"BP-M PXE Ø30 \"492353\"","offer_id":57377617346895,"sku":"D1-FLEX-492353","price":13.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"BP-M PXE Ø50 \"509248\"","offer_id":57377617379663,"sku":"D1-FLEX-509248","price":15.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"BP-M PXE Ø75 \"492361\"","offer_id":57377617412431,"sku":"D1-FLEX-492361","price":16.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-bp-m-pxe-klett-teller-bp-m-pxe-30-492353-492353.png?v=1775058599"},{"product_id":"flex-dt-adapter-pxe80","title":"\"DT\" Adapter PXE 80","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX DT Adapter PXE 80 — swappable orbit throw for rotary, 3mm, 6mm and 12mm polishing behaviour\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX DT Adapter PXE 80? The FLEX DT Adapter is the swappable orbital drive for the PXE 80 12-EC polisher. It comes in four versions — DT-P (rotary), DT-XF 3 (3mm throw), DT-XF 6 (6mm throw) and DT-XF 12 (12mm throw) — and turns the same polisher into four functionally different tools for finishing, hologram removal and defect correction.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e is a dual-action polisher — but what \"dual-action\" actually means day-to-day comes down to which \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX DT Adapter\u003c\/strong\u003e you fit. The orbit throw — the radius the pad wobbles on as it works — is what really drives how aggressive the machine is, how it feels under your hand and the result you can pull out of the paint. A 3mm throw works fine and controlled; a 12mm throw brings more movement and more cut. With the DT Adapter system you pick that variable freely on the PXE 80 and swap it any time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe idea is elegant: the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX DT Adapter PXE 80\u003c\/strong\u003e is the mechanical link between the motor shaft and the PXE 80's backing-plate mount. It isn't bolted in for good — it's a quick-swap part. If you own four DT Adapters, you basically have four polishers in one housing — rotary for proper rotary work, 3mm for hologram-free finishing, 6mm for balanced defect correction and 12mm for heavy correction with plenty of material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pro detailing this system is a real edge over conventional dual-action polishers with a fixed throw. No buying several machines, no different tools for different stages — one PXE 80, four DT Adapters, four polishing characters. The modular setup makes the FLEX PXE 80 the most versatile mini dual-action polisher in its class, and it's one of the main reasons this machine has caught on so hard with pro detailers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour polishing characters out of one machine — rotary, 3mm, 6mm, 12mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The DT-P adapter puts the PXE 80 in rotary mode — most cut, most heat, most control needed. The DT-XF adapters (3, 6, 12mm) switch on the orbital movement with a growing radius: 3mm for finishing and hologram-free work, 6mm as the all-round throw for defect correction and finishing in one pass, 12mm for heavy correction of deep scratches. You swap any version in seconds, no tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-swap system for a smooth multi-stage process.\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a few DT Adapters ready with the backing plate already fitted and the pad already on, and you switch between stages in seconds — no pulling the pad, no swapping the plate, no re-mounting. Adapter out, next adapter in, keep polishing. In a multi-stage job (cut → compound → finish) this saves serious time and cuts down the breaks in your workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with FLEX backing plates and third-party backing plates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Besides the original FLEX backing plates (Ø30mm, Ø75mm), the DT-XF adapters also take compatible third-party backing plates such as APS (Ø50mm). That widens the pad range and lets you run every common polishing-pad format on the PXE 80 — from the small Ø30mm precision disc to the Ø75mm standard backing plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1's tip from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a pro multi-stage job on the PXE 80 we run three DT-XF adapters: DT-XF 12 with a cut pad for step 1 (defect correction), DT-XF 3 with a compound pad for step 2 (refining) and DT-XF 3 with a finish pad for step 3 (hologram-free finishing). Set all three up in advance, lay them out on the bench — then switching between steps takes 5 seconds instead of 2 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrbit throw and drive concept — how the DT Adapter sets the PXE 80's polishing character\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heart of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX DT Adapter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the orbit throw — the offset between the motor-shaft axis and the plate axis. On a 3mm DT-XF adapter the pad wobbles on a circle with a 3mm radius around the machine axis; on the 12mm adapter, a circle with a 12mm radius. That difference may sound small, but it changes the polishing character from the ground up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA small orbit throw (3mm) makes a fast, fine circular motion. Abrasion is low, heat build-up is low, the hologram risk is minimal. For finishing work and the last polishing stage — where the paint is already close to flawless and you just want to bring it up to a high gloss — the 3mm throw is the better pick. It gets you maximum gloss with minimum risk of overworking the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA big orbit throw (12mm) makes a wide, slower motion. Material removal is higher, the cut more aggressive — like a machine putting more energy into the paint surface. For deeper scratches, oxidised paint or cars that haven't seen correction in ages, the 12mm throw is the more efficient tool. It works faster through stubborn defects, but it also asks for more control and a trained eye on how far you've cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6mm throw sits between the two extremes: aggressive enough for most everyday scratches and oxidation marks, yet gentle enough to keep the finish under control. For detailers who want one throw adapter that does the lot, the DT-XF 6 is the first call.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne thing worth understanding: the orbit throw isn't the only variable in how aggressive you polish. Pad type, polish type and machine speed all play a part too. A 12mm DT-XF with a soft finish pad can remove less than a 3mm DT-XF with an aggressive cut pad. The DT Adapter system hands you one more dial — not a limit. Get your head around it and those four adapters cover an exceptional range of results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDT-P rotary vs. DT-XF — when each movement is the right call\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlongside the three orbital DT-XF versions there's the \u003cstrong\u003eDT-P adapter (rotary)\u003c\/strong\u003e, which turns the PXE 80 into a rotary polisher. In rotary mode the pad only spins around the machine axis — no orbital wobble, just pure rotation like a classic rotary polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRotary movement gives the most cut, the most heat and the most aggressive material removal. It's the go-to for the most stubborn deep scratches, old paint with heavily oxidised surfaces, or bodyshop work when re-spraying and finishing fresh paint. The downside: without orbital movement the risk of holograms and buffer trails climbs sharply. The DT-P asks for experience, control and — no exceptions — a finishing step afterwards with a DT-XF adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe orbital DT-XF adapters, with their combined orbital and wobble movement, give clearly safer results for less experienced users — and they're usually the first choice in day-to-day detailing. The combo DT-P (first step) → DT-XF 3 (finishing) is a classic pro protocol for heavily oxidised surfaces: maximum cut with the rotary adapter, hologram-free finish with the 3mm orbital.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarting out without rotary experience, we'd leave the DT-P aside for now and begin with the DT-XF 6 and DT-XF 3. That pairing covers 95% of typical detailing jobs without taking on the risk of rotary-induced holograms. The DT-P is an add-on for advanced users, not a starter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuick swaps with several DT Adapters — the workflow edge in a multi-step process\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe real potential of the \u003cstrong\u003eDT Adapter system\u003c\/strong\u003e only opens up once you run several of them. A single DT Adapter with a backing plate fitted is a sensible buy; three or four prepped adapters change the workflow completely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe idea is simple: each DT Adapter stays permanently fitted with the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/a\u003e and its pad. The DT-XF 12 carries the cut pad, the DT-XF 6 the compound pad, the DT-XF 3 the finish pad. Switching between steps you only swap the adapter — no pad change, no plate change, no cleaning. What otherwise takes 2–3 minutes is done in 10 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pro detailers running several cars a day, that time saving multiplies fast. Ten cars, three polishing steps each, two pad changes saved: 20 × 2 minutes = 40 minutes a day — off the back of one investment in three DT Adapters and prepped setups. So the DT system isn't just a technical feature, it's a solid productivity lever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your work often jumps between different areas of a car — big flat sides vs. tight details — you get an extra benefit: different DT-XF adapters can also carry different backing-plate sizes. The DT-XF 3 with a Ø30mm plate for detail work on doors and bumpers, the DT-XF 6 with a Ø75mm plate for bonnet and roof. A quick swap ties machine character and pad size together in one move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLEX DT Adapter compared — which version suits which job\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePicking from the four \u003cstrong\u003eDT Adapter versions\u003c\/strong\u003e follows clear criteria based on defect depth, the cut you want and the way you like to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDT-XF 3\u003c\/strong\u003e (3mm throw, EUR 39.27) is the first choice for finishing enthusiasts, newcomers and anyone who mainly wants to keep polished paint looking its best. Low scratch risk, high hologram-freedom, maximum gloss with minimal removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDT-XF 6\u003c\/strong\u003e (6mm throw, EUR 42.84) is the all-rounder. It covers the bulk of everyday jobs — light to medium scratches, oxidation marks, working in compounds — and still finishes nicely. If you can only buy one adapter, grab the DT-XF 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDT-XF 12\u003c\/strong\u003e (12mm throw, EUR 46.41) is for the tougher corrections: deeper scratches, heavily oxidised paint, bodywork. It asks for a bit more experience but gives the most material removal in orbital mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDT-P\u003c\/strong\u003e (rotary, EUR 22.61) is aimed at experienced users who need rotary polishing for extreme corrections or for pro reasons. It's the cheapest model, but not a beginner's tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX DT Adapter — how it fits into the PXE 80 accessory system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX DT Adapter PXE 80\u003c\/strong\u003e is the indispensable link between the PXE 80 polisher and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE backing plate\u003c\/a\u003e. No DT Adapter, no backing plate; no backing plate, no polishing pad — the DT Adapter is literally the heart of the PXE 80 setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a full start we'd begin with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v\"\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e and pick the DT-XF 6 as your first adapter. As step two, the DT-XF 3 rounds out the setup for hologram-free finishing. Working professionally, you complete the system with the DT-XF 12 for aggressive correction steps — and that covers the PXE 80's full multi-stage profile in three adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaired with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmsrd30-spezial-klebe-teller\"\u003eBP-M\/SR D30 special adhesive plate\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-polier-kegel-ve5\"\u003eFS 140 polishing cones\u003c\/a\u003e, the DT Adapters together with the PXE 80 make the most complete mini polishing system on the market — from the big body panel right into the tightest trim seam.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"DT-P \"492396\" (rotary)","offer_id":57377617510735,"sku":"D1-FLEX-492396","price":22.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"DT-XF 3 \"492418\" (3mm stroke)","offer_id":57377617543503,"sku":"D1-FLEX-492418","price":39.27,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"DT-XF 6 \"531009\" (6mm stroke)","offer_id":57377617576271,"sku":"D1-FLEX-531009","price":42.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"DT-XF 12 \"492426\" (12mm stroke)","offer_id":57377617609039,"sku":"D1-FLEX-492426","price":46.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-dt-adapter-pxe-80-dt-p-492396-rotativ-492396.png?v=1775058636"},{"product_id":"flex-bpmsrd30-spezial-klebe-teller","title":"\"BP-M\/SR D30\" Special Adhesive Disk dampened","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX BP-M\/SR D30 Special Adhesive Backing Pad — Cushioned Ø30mm Adapter for PXE 80 and FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX BP-M\/SR D30 Special Adhesive Backing Pad? The FLEX BP-M\/SR D30 is a cushioned Ø30mm adhesive backing pad with an integrated shock-absorbing ring (SR), acting as a connecting element between the FLEX PXE 80 12-EC eccentric polisher or the FLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft and polishing cones or cylinders. It is specifically designed for precision work in tight profiles, trim strips, and contours that are not accessible with standard hook-and-loop pads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the FLEX Detailing System, there are two fundamentally different pad carrier systems: hook-and-loop backing pads for Velcro polishing pads and \u003cstrong\u003eadhesive backing pads\u003c\/strong\u003e for polishing attachments that are used with an adhesive system or directly glued on. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX BP-M\/SR D30 Special Adhesive Backing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e belongs to the second category – it is the dedicated adapter for the polishing cones and polishing cylinders of the FS 140 series, as well as for other special attachments used on the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003ePXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30mm diameter makes the BP-M\/SR D30 a precision tool for the smallest working areas. Decorative seams, trim strips, recessed grips, ventilation slots, or tight radii – these are surfaces for which no other attachment is suitable. The integrated shock-absorbing ring (SR) filters out vibrations before they reach the attachment and the paint surface, ensuring even, controlled power transmission even in the smallest working areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"Special\" in the product name indicates that this adhesive backing pad is not designed for standard polishing pads, but serves as an interface for the specialized \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-polier-kegel-ve5\"\u003eFS 140 Polishing Cones\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-polier-zylinder-ve5\"\u003eFS 140 Polishing Cylinders\u003c\/a\u003e. In combination with these attachments, it opens up working areas that are completely inaccessible with flat polishing pads. Especially in professional detailing – when preparing vehicles with elaborate design language and many contoured surfaces – such a precision system is not a luxury, but a necessity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated shock-absorbing ring (SR) for even pressure distribution.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SR damping ring absorbs impacts and vibrations from the eccentric movement before they reach the polishing attachment. This protects sensitive paint surface areas from overly aggressive force and enables even, controlled polishing even in tight radii and edges. The difference to an unbuffered pad is particularly noticeable with cone and cylinder attachments – the tool sits more firmly, wanders less, and runs more smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eØ30mm adhesive format for maximum precision in the smallest areas.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a diameter of only 30mm, this adhesive backing pad reaches where even the smallest hook-and-loop pad is too large. In combination with suitable polishing cones or cylinders, areas under 2cm wide can be polished cleanly and precisely – without risk to adjacent surfaces. This compact diameter is indispensable, especially for cleaning paint on door joints, add-on parts, or embossed brand lettering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual compatibility: PXE 80 and FS 140 Flexible Shaft.\u003c\/strong\u003e The BP-M\/SR D30 is compatible with both the FLEX PXE 80 12-EC and the FLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft. This makes it a versatile connecting element in the FLEX Detailing System for precision work – whether with a cordless polisher or with the flexible shaft for even better access into cavities. Two machines, one pad: This combination freedom saves costs and reduces the variety of parts in the toolbox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BP-M\/SR D30 unfolds its full potential in combination with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-polier-kegel-ve5\"\u003eFS 140 Polishing Cones\u003c\/a\u003e. For decorative seams in leather seats, rubber seals, or plastic transitions in the interior, apply the cone with light pressure and work at a slow speed. The SR damper prevents the eccentric movement from being transmitted uncontrollably and you accidentally working on adjacent surfaces. For stubborn polish residues in deep profiles, a slightly moistened cushion under the cone is suitable – this increases adhesion and extends contact time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdhesive backing pad vs. hook-and-loop backing pad in the FLEX system – difference and areas of application\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the FLEX polishing accessory system, there are two fundamentally different types of backing pad adapters that are often confused but serve fundamentally different purposes. Understanding the difference is crucial for the correct product choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ehook-and-loop backing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE\u003c\/a\u003e – uses a Velcro hook-and-loop system as a connection between the pad and the polishing pad. The pad is simply pressed on and held by the hook-and-loop fasteners. This system is optimized for quick pad changes and is suitable for all common polishing pads that have a Velcro backing. The vast majority of polishing pads on the market – foam pads, microfiber pads, wool pads – are equipped with a Velcro backing and are therefore hook-and-loop backing pad compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eadhesive backing pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – like the BP-M\/SR D30 – instead works with an adhesive principle or a mechanical screw system that is specially designed for attachments that do not have a Velcro backing. These primarily include three-dimensional attachments such as polishing cones and polishing cylinders, which are designed for tight profiles and contours. These attachments are connected directly to the pad by screw or adhesive surface and cannot simply be attached by hook-and-loop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn daily detailing use, this means: For all flat polishing work with foam or microfiber pads, you choose the hook-and-loop backing pad BP-M PXE. For precision work with cones, cylinders and three-dimensional attachments in tight profiles and contours, the adhesive backing pad BP-M\/SR D30 is the right choice. Both systems complement each other in the complete FLEX PXE 80 setup and together cover a wide range of polishing situations – from the large hood to the tight door gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSR shock absorber technology – why damping is crucial for precision work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"SR\" in the product name stands for shock-absorbing ring and describes a design that was developed in the FLEX accessory system for particularly vibration-sensitive applications. To understand why this damping is important, one must visualize the functional principle of an eccentric polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn eccentric polisher like the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e generates a combined orbital and rotational movement. This movement is deliberately uneven – it prevents holograms and ensures a safe, controllable polishing result on large surfaces. On small, three-dimensional attachments such as polishing cones, however, this eccentric movement can lead to an uneven, difficult-to-control running behavior. Especially when the cone is guided into a tight profile, uncontrolled vibrations can cause the attachment to rub or wobble on adjacent surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SR damping ring of the BP-M\/SR D30 absorbs part of this eccentric movement before it reaches the attachment. The result: The polishing cone or cylinder runs more smoothly, is more controllable, and transfers the polishing pressure more evenly to the contact surface. For practical use, this means significantly more safety when working in tight areas – and significantly less risk of accidentally damaging adjacent surfaces. A factor that is particularly important for sensitive paint surface areas or for interior work on plastic and leather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFurthermore, SR damping reduces user fatigue: Less vibration transmission means less effort required to control the tool. Professionals working with the BP-M\/SR D30 and performing profile work for hours will feel the difference to an unbuffered system – both in terms of results and physical strain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBP-M\/SR D30 with FS 140 Flexible Shaft – the complete system for the tightest spots\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBP-M\/SR D30 Adhesive Backing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e can not only be used directly with the PXE 80, but also as a connecting element in the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/a\u003e. This combination is particularly interesting for areas that are difficult to reach even with the compact PXE 80.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 140 Flexible Shaft is an attachment for the PXE 80 that, due to its flexible design, brings the working head into positions that a rigid machine cannot reach. In combination with the BP-M\/SR D30 and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-polier-kegel-ve5\"\u003epolishing cone\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-polier-zylinder-ve5\"\u003epolishing cylinder\u003c\/a\u003e, a system is created that can literally penetrate every angle and curve – hollows in bumpers, door handles, trim strips or transition radii on roof edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEspecially in professional interior detailing – i.e. when preparing leather seats, steering wheels or plastic trim – this combination is unique. No other system in the FLEX portfolio allows this type of precision work in such confined areas. The BP-M\/SR D30 is the crucial connecting piece that combines machine and special attachment into a functional whole. In addition, the flexibility of the FS 140 shaft also increases the depth of reach: In hollows and profiles where the polisher itself cannot be angled, the shaft simply bends around the corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLEX BP-M\/SR D30 compared to the BP-M PXE hook-and-loop backing pad – when which system is the better choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth types of pads come from the FLEX PXE accessory program and are designed for the PXE 80. Nevertheless, they have clearly different areas of application that hardly overlap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE hook-and-loop backing pad\u003c\/a\u003e is the first choice for all flat polishing work. With its three diameters (Ø30, Ø50, Ø75mm) and the Velcro system, it is universally applicable, quick to change pads, and suitable for the majority of all detailing tasks with the PXE 80. If you are polishing with foam or microfiber pads, use the hook-and-loop backing pad. The system relies on flexibility and speed: changing pads takes seconds, and compatibility with the market standard for polishing pads is almost universal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP-M\/SR D30 adhesive backing pad, on the other hand, is not a replacement for the hook-and-loop backing pad, but a functional extension. It is used when three-dimensional polishing attachments are required that work in conical or cylindrical shapes in tight profiles. This is a niche application – but for this niche, the BP-M\/SR D30 is the only suitable tool in the system. No hook-and-loop backing pad, no standard pad can replace a polishing cone when it comes to polishing an 8mm wide decorative seam or cleaning an inner radius on a spoiler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional use, we recommend having both systems in your equipment set. The hook-and-loop backing pad covers 90% of daily polishing work; the BP-M\/SR D30 solves the remaining 10% – those spots for which there is otherwise no solution. This combination makes the FLEX PXE 80 system one of the most complete mini polishing setups on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX BP-M\/SR D30 – Integration into the FLEX PXE Detailing System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX BP-M\/SR D30 Special Adhesive Backing Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is available as a single component and is combined directly with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/a\u003e. For full benefit, we recommend purchasing it together with the matching polishing attachments from the FS 140 series: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-polier-kegel-ve5\"\u003ePolishing Cones VE5\u003c\/a\u003e for conical profiles and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs140-polier-zylinder-ve5\"\u003ePolishing Cylinders VE5\u003c\/a\u003e for straight, narrow channels. Only the complete set of pad and attachments makes the investment worthwhile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a consumable, we recommend keeping at least two BP-M\/SR D30 units in stock. The adhesive bond between the pad and attachment, like all adhesive systems, is subject to a certain amount of wear with intensive use. A spare pad on the shelf prevents work interruptions precisely when the tool is most needed. In contrast to hook-and-loop backing pads, where primarily the Velcro fabric wears out, the adhesive bond is the most sensitive element of the adhesive backing pad – regular visual inspection is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who wants to build the complete FLEX PXE 80 system will find a useful starting point in the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v\"\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e. The BP-M\/SR D30 specifically complements this set for precision applications that are not covered by the standard scope of delivery. In combination with the FS 140 Flexible Shaft and the corresponding polishing cones, a system is created that fully meets professional demands for detailed work – from the large body panel to the last confined space of the interior design.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"BP-M\/SR D30 \"492388\"","offer_id":57377618231631,"sku":"D1-FLEX-492388","price":17.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-bp-m-sr-d30-spezial-klebe-teller-gedaempft-bp-m-sr-d30-492388-492388.png?v=1775058613"},{"product_id":"flex-fs140-polier-zylinder-ve5","title":"\"FS 140\" Polishing cylinder VE5","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX FS 140 Polishing Cylinder VE5 — Foam Polishing Bodies in Hard, Medium, and Soft for the FLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX FS 140 Polishing Cylinder? The FLEX FS 140 Polishing Cylinder is a cylindrical foam polishing body as an accessory for the FLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft — available in three hardness levels (Hard\/Green, Medium\/Purple, Soft\/Orange) for cutting, compounding, and finishing steps in interior and upholstery work.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft System\u003c\/a\u003e is only as flexible as its application bodies. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX FS 140 Polishing Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most frequently used application body for the FS 140 system: a cylindrical foam body that evenly processes large upholstery, textile, and leather surfaces. Available in three hardness levels — Hard (Green), Medium (Purple), Soft (Orange) — the polishing cylinder covers all processing steps required for professional interior care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cylindrical shape of the polishing body is no coincidence — it is the optimal geometry for processing seat surfaces, backrests, and other flat upholstery geometries. Unlike a round flat pad, the cylinder rests on the surface along a line and rolls evenly over the area — an efficient movement with uniform pressure distribution that is better suited for upholstery application than the circular motion of a flat pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs an accessory for the FLEX FS 140 system, the polishing cylinder is supplied in a 5-pack (VE5) — five cylinders per hardness level. This allows for economical use with fresh bodies per vehicle or work step and reduces cleaning intervals during ongoing operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree hardness levels — Hard\/Green, Medium\/Purple, Soft\/Orange — for all processing steps.\u003c\/strong\u003e The color coding reflects the three-step principle of FLEX polishing pads: Green (Hard) for abrasive step applications on worn surfaces, Purple (Medium) for compound application and general care products, Orange (Soft) for gentle finishers, leather oils, and sensitive materials. Three different cylinders cover the entire processing spectrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-pack (VE5) per hardness level — economical stocking for workshop use.\u003c\/strong\u003e The VE5 pack contains five identical polishing bodies of one hardness level. For the professional workshop, this means: a fresh cylinder per vehicle, without a cleaning break between jobs. The economical unit price of the VE5 pack makes it attractive to keep all three hardness levels in stock — so the FS 140 system is immediately ready for any application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with FLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft — direct replacement without tools.\u003c\/strong\u003e The polishing cylinder is developed exclusively for the FLEX FS 140 system and sits positively on the FS 140 mount. Changing the body takes seconds — no screwing, no clamping. This allows for quick changes between different hardness levels within a vehicle application with virtually no time loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the FLEX FS 140 Polishing Cylinder by hardness for different materials: The hard green cylinder for structured synthetic leather and durable textiles with heavily ingrained dirt — here more pressure and more abrasive material are needed. The medium purple cylinder for normal smooth leather and combination leather with high-quality care products. The soft orange cylinder for Alcantara, fine Nappa leather, and freshly conditioned leather surfaces — here it's all about even distribution, not removal. Never work with a hard cylinder on delicate Alcantara.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCylindrical Geometry — Why Shape is Crucial for Upholstery Application\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape of a polishing body determines how it interacts with the surface. The cylinder uses its cylindrical geometry for a specific contact characteristic: The cylinder makes contact with the surface along a line, not an area like a flat pad. This line-contact geometry creates uniform, controlled pressure along the contact line and enables a rolling motion that is particularly well suited for evenly working care products into upholstery structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor flat upholstery surfaces like seats, the cylinder glides evenly over the surface — similar to a roller when painting. The FLEX FS 140 eccentric movement combined with the cylinder shape creates a three-dimensional movement path that works the care product deeper into the upholstery structure than a purely rotating flat pad. The result is a more even product distribution that also works into the textures and fine grains of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor curved upholstery surfaces — side bolsters of sports seats, rounded headrests, door armrests — the cylindrical shape has another advantage: The cylinder adapts better to the curvature than a stiff flat pad, which only makes contact at the center on convex surfaces. The flexibility of the foam material in conjunction with the cylinder geometry ensures full-surface contact even on curved surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA comparison with manual sponge application demonstrates the strength of the cylindrical machine solution: a hand applicator like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-puk-r-130-hand-applikationsschwamm\"\u003ePUK-R 130\u003c\/a\u003e covers a smaller area per movement and produces less uniform pressure distribution than the machine-assisted cylinder roller. For large upholstery areas such as entire car seats, the FS 140 with a polishing cylinder is the more efficient solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThree Hardness Levels in Use — Which Cylinder for Which Material\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of the correct hardness level follows the same logic as with FLEX exterior pads: Hard for abrasive applications, Medium for all-purpose product application, Soft for sensitive surfaces and finisher applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hard green cylinder is used for heavily used, durable surfaces: synthetic leather in commercial vehicles, durable textile surfaces in fleet vehicles, plastic surfaces with ingrained dirt. Here, pressure and abrasiveness are needed to work care products into the structure and dissolve superficial contaminants. The hard cylinder delivers this energy without penetrating too deeply into more sensitive material. Important: Always start at the lowest speed and only increase it once the behavior on the specific surface has been assessed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe medium purple cylinder is the all-rounder: for normal smooth leather, combination leather, and durable textiles with high-quality leather care products and medium-strength cleaning agents. This hardness level is the most used in practice and is suitable for the majority of interior detailing in professional everyday use. If you only want to stock one hardness level, the medium purple cylinder is sufficiently equipped for almost all standard cases. It is the uncompromising all-rounder of the FS 140 system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soft orange cylinder is the specialist for sensitive surfaces: Alcantara, Nappa leather, freshly conditioned leather, and high-quality textiles that cannot tolerate mechanical pressure. Here, it is all about even product distribution without any material removal — the soft cylinder is as gentle as a high-quality hand applicator, but more efficient in terms of surface coverage. For high-end vehicles with Nappa or semi-aniline leather, the soft cylinder is the only suitable machine body — here, the valuable surfaces are protected by choosing the correct hardness level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe decision between the three hardness levels is not always clear — for unknown materials, we recommend always starting with the softer grade and switching to the harder one if necessary. Too gentle is rarely a problem; too hard on sensitive materials leaves damage that is not reversible. This \"soft first\" strategy is a professional safety standard that should be applied daily when dealing with valuable vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and Lifespan of FS 140 Polishing Bodies — Cleaning and Storage in Workshop Routine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoam polishing bodies for interiors have a different wear profile than exterior polishing pads. Leather and textile care products are less aggressive than polishing compounds — this extends the lifespan of the cylinders. At the same time, soft foams absorb more than hard ones, which makes cleaning after use slightly more elaborate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter each use, the cylinders should be rinsed under running water until the water runs clear. Product residues from leather care products or cleaning agents that dry in the foam body change the application behavior during the next use and can leave undesirable residues on sensitive surfaces. A cleanly cleaned cylinder provides consistently reproducible results — a caked-on one does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stubborn residues — such as dried leather care products with wax components or silicone oils — we recommend soaking them briefly in lukewarm water before washing. A drop of mild dish soap helps to dissolve greasy product residues from the open-pore foam without damaging the foam structure. After cleaning, do not wring out the cylinders — this tears the foam cells. Instead, gently squeeze them between flat hands and then allow them to dry upright to maintain their cylindrical shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor storage, keep the cleaned cylinders lying flat and dry. Clear labeling of the storage boxes by hardness level (Hard\/Medium\/Soft) prevents accidental grabbing of the wrong hardness level in daily workshop use — especially if the color coding of the cylinders is no longer immediately recognizable due to product residues. Proper storage is the basis for the professional and reproducible use of the FS 140 system. Classifying the cylinders by frequency of use — fresh, once used, second-use — also allows for systematic and economical work: fresh cylinders for valuable leather surfaces, second-use cylinders for initial cleaning passes on heavily soiled surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 140 Polishing Cylinder Comparison — Cylinder vs. Cone and Flat Pads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFLEX FS 140 system\u003c\/a\u003e, in addition to the polishing cylinder, there is also the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-polier-kegel-ve5\"\u003eFS 140 Polishing Cone\u003c\/a\u003e as an application body. Both bodies complement each other for different geometries: the cylinder for flat, uniform surfaces — the cone for deeply curved areas, tight niches, and geometrically complex shaped interior areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that use the complete FS 140 system, we recommend keeping both application bodies in all three hardness levels in stock: cylinders for all flat upholstery work, cones for all detailed work in tight body areas. Together, both application bodies cover almost every interior application case that can be processed mechanically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn direct comparison with manual applicators, the polishing cylinder shows its greatest advantage in the uniformity of product distribution. A \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-puk-r-130-hand-applikationsschwamm\"\u003ePUK-R 130 hand applicator sponge\u003c\/a\u003e is well suited for small areas, precise detail work, and initial contact with unknown materials. For large leather seats, complete door panels, or headliners, however, the machine-guided polishing cylinder is significantly more efficient — it covers a larger area per movement and maintains constant contact pressure over the entire processing surface. The result is a more uniform care pattern without streaking caused by varying hand pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to flat pads for exterior paint machines, the cylindrical interior polishing body naturally has different strengths: no direct cutting performance for clear coat, no use for paint correction, no hologram risk. The FS 140 polishing cylinder is exclusively designed for interior work and soft surfaces — using it on paint surfaces would not only be ineffective but would damage the cylinder and impair the paint finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX FS 140 Polishing Cylinder — The Right Stocking Strategy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polishing cylinder is useful for anyone who already owns or plans to purchase the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/a\u003e. As a consumable, the FS 140 regularly needs fresh application bodies — the VE5 pack is the economical stocking option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommendation for getting started: Order all three hardness levels, one VE5 pack each. This provides 15 cylinders for the complete three-step protocol and covers the demand for several weeks of professional use. The favorable unit price in the VE5 package makes this full stocking economically sensible — no delivery problems in the middle of a detailing job, always the right hardness level at hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a high proportion of interior detailing, we recommend planning regular reorders — similar to polishing pads for exterior paint areas, interior application bodies are consumables whose reordering is predictable. Automatic reordering when a minimum stock level is reached ensures smooth workshop operations without unexpected bottlenecks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you only want to test one hardness level to start, we recommend the medium purple cylinder — it is the most versatile in the range and covers the majority of standard applications. After initial practical experience, it quickly becomes clear for which materials and protocols the other hardness levels are useful. The soft orange cylinder is the next sensible addition for workshops that regularly work with Nappa or semi-aniline leather. We recommend the hard green cylinder primarily for commercial vehicle detailing and heavily used synthetic leather surfaces where mechanical pressure and more abrasive cleaning products are necessary. The VE5 pack of each hardness level offers the best price-performance ratio for workshop use — and ensures sufficient reserve stock for intensive workdays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"Green — Hard \"517755\" (PU5)","offer_id":57377618428239,"sku":"D1-FLEX-517755","price":29.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Violet — Medium \"517763\" (VE5)","offer_id":57377618461007,"sku":"D1-FLEX-517763","price":29.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Orange — Soft \"517771\" (PU5)","offer_id":57377618493775,"sku":"D1-FLEX-517771","price":29.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-fs-140-polier-zylinder-ve5-gruen-hart-517755-ve5-517755.png?v=1775059090"},{"product_id":"flex-fs140-polier-kegel-ve5","title":"\"FS 140\" polishing cone, retail package of 5","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX FS 140 Polishing Cone VE5 — conical foam polishing body for detailed work in tight interior areas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX FS 140 Polishing Cone? The FLEX FS 140 Polishing Cone is a conical foam polishing body as an accessory for the FLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft — available in three hardness levels (Hard\/Green, Medium\/Purple, Soft\/Orange) for machine detail preparation in tight, curved, and geometrically demanding interior areas.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone familiar with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/a\u003e knows this: The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-polier-zylinder-ve5\"\u003ePolishing Cylinder\u003c\/a\u003e is unbeatable for flat upholstery surfaces. However, every vehicle has areas that defy the cylindrical shape — deeply curved seat bolsters, tight headrest slots, the rounded undersides of door panels, dashboard contours. This is precisely where the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX FS 140 Polishing Cone\u003c\/strong\u003e comes into play: a conical foam body that uses the same machine but processes geometries that remain inaccessible to the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polishing cone is the precision tool in the FS 140 system. While the cylinder rolls over large areas, the cone tip penetrates recesses, follows curves, and reaches angles that are difficult to access even with the best hand applicator. The eccentric movement of the FS 140 combined with the conical geometry creates a three-dimensional working motion that works care products deeply and evenly into tight bodywork and upholstery structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike the polishing cylinder, the \u003cstrong\u003eFS 140 Polishing Cone\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in a 5-pack (VE5) — five cones per hardness level in Hard (Green), Medium (Purple), or Soft (Orange). This stock makes the FS 140 system ready for immediate use for all application combinations: cylinders for surfaces, cones for details — both in all three hardness levels, economically in VE5 packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConical geometry for deeply curved areas — the cone goes where the cylinder fails.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cone tip of the FS 140 Polishing Cone penetrates tight recesses, slots, and curves that are geometrically inaccessible to a cylindrical or flat polishing body. Seat bolsters with deep constrictions, curved headrests, door armrests with profiled edges — here the conical shape provides the decisive geometric advantage. This allows for machine processing even in details that were previously only accessible manually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree hardness levels — Hard\/Green, Medium\/Purple, Soft\/Orange — for all materials and processing steps.\u003c\/strong\u003e The color coding of the FS 140 system also applies to the cone: Hard (Green) for durable surfaces and more intensive applications, Medium (Purple) as an all-rounder for smooth leather and high-quality care products, Soft (Orange) for Alcantara, Nappa leather, and sensitive materials. All three hardness levels cover the complete processing spectrum in professional interior detailing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVE5 pack per hardness level — economical stocking for ongoing workshop use.\u003c\/strong\u003e Five polishing cones per pack allow for economical use with fresh bodies per vehicle or processing step, without long cleaning breaks during operation. Combined with the VE5 pack of the polishing cylinder, the FS 140 system has the right body in sufficient quantity ready for every interior application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the FLEX FS 140 Polishing Cone for geometrically difficult areas that slow down the work cycle in the interior: the deeply cut side bolsters of sports seats, the undersides of headrests, the profile edges of door panels. Start here with the medium purple cone and a high-quality leather care product at the lowest speed — the cone tip guides the eccentric movement precisely into the recess. After machine processing with the cone, dab the treated areas with a clean microfiber cloth, do not wipe — this avoids rubbing the freshly worked-in care product out of the structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConical geometry — why the shape is crucial for detailed work in the interior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe geometry of a polishing body determines which surfaces it can effectively process and which are beyond its capabilities. The cylindrical polishing body excels at flat, uniform upholstery surfaces — it rolls evenly over the plane and distributes care products with constant pressure. As soon as the surface transitions into a curve or turns into a recess, the cylinder loses its flat contact and thus its efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 140 Polishing Cone solves this problem with a different geometry: The cone shape has a tip that can penetrate recesses and a body that adapts to the curvature of the surface during lateral contact. When the cone is guided into a curved seat bolster, a part of its conical surface rests against the wall — unlike a cylinder, which only has contact at the apex on a convex surface. This flatter contact in curved areas is the core advantage of the conical geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe eccentric movement of the FLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft ideally complements the conical shape: While the cone tip applies pressure into the recess, the eccentric movement ensures that no rotating holograms or friction patterns are created. The combined movement of self-rotation and eccentricity distributes the care product evenly even in complex structures, without lingering in one spot. The result is a three-dimensional processing movement optimized for tight-fitting bodywork and upholstery areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA comparison with manual application shows the practical advantage: An experienced detailer can also work into tight areas with a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-puk-r-130-hand-applikationsschwamm\"\u003ePUK-R 130 Hand Applicator\u003c\/a\u003e. The difference lies in consistency and endurance: The human arm tires during repetitive detailed work, the pressure varies, and the movement pattern becomes irregular. The FS 140 with the polishing cone delivers constant speed, constant eccentricity, and constant pressure throughout the entire processing time — reproducible results even during long work sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor geometrically complex vehicle interiors — sports cars with pronounced bucket seats, SUVs with strongly profiled door panels, classic cars with hand-stitched leather upholstery with deep seam grooves — the conical geometry of the polishing cone is the only suitable machine solution. No other FS 140 insert body reaches these areas with the same efficiency and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThree hardness levels in use — which cone for which material and task\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe logic of the three hardness levels for the polishing cone follows exactly the same system as for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-polier-zylinder-ve5\"\u003epolishing cylinder\u003c\/a\u003e: hard for abrasive applications on durable materials, medium for all-round use with high-quality care products, soft for sensitive surfaces and finishing-oriented application. The color coding — green, purple, orange — allows for immediate identification without risk of confusion, even in daily workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hard green cone is the specialist for durable, structured surfaces in curved and tight areas: synthetic leather side bolsters in commercial vehicles, heavily used hard plastic door panels with molded-in dirt, structured synthetic leather seams with embedded dirt. Here, pressure and abrasiveness are needed, which the hard foam body provides. Important: Even with the hard cone, always start at the lowest speed and only increase the pressure once the behavior on the surface has been assessed. A hard cone on sensitive material leaves damage that is not reversible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe medium purple cone is the most used in professional practice — for normal smooth leather, combination leather, and durable textiles in geometrically demanding areas. It applies high-quality leather care products and conditioners evenly to seat bolsters, headrest recesses, and door profiles without stressing the surface. For the majority of vehicle interiors in daily professional detailing, the medium purple cone is the right starting point — it covers the standard and only requires a switch to a harder or softer grade in exceptional cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soft orange cone is for sensitive high-quality materials: Alcantara side bolsters, Nappa leather headrests, freshly conditioned semi-aniline leather in the detail areas. Here, machine processing with the cone is exclusively for product distribution — no removal, no cleaning effect, only even working-in of the care product into the structure. The soft cone is as gentle as a hand applicator, but significantly more efficient in terms of accessibility and uniformity, because the eccentric movement takes over product distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe golden rule for unknown materials applies even more to the cone than to the cylinder: Always start with the softer grade. In the geometrically tight areas where the cone is used, it is more difficult to correct damage than on open surfaces. Too soft is not a problem; too hard on sensitive Alcantara or Nappa leather leaves damage in exposed, visible areas that are immediately obvious to the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and lifespan of the FS 140 Polishing Cone — cleaning and storage in professional everyday use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoam cones have specific cleaning behavior that differs from flat polishing pads and cylindrical bodies. The cone tip is the area with the highest material pressure during use — this is where most product residues accumulate, and where the foam is most saturated after intensive use. For cleaning, this means: Pay particular attention to the tip and ensure that the channels in the foam body are completely rinsed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning after each use: Rinse the cone under running water, gently squeeze the cone tip several times and release it — like a pump that drives water through the foam structure. The water should run completely clear before the cone is considered clean. Dried leather care or conditioner residues that remain in the foam can become visible as residue on sensitive surfaces during the next use. Therefore, thorough cleaning after each use is not an option, but a must for reproducible results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor dried-on residues — especially with oil-based leather care products — a short soak in lukewarm water with a drop of mild dish soap helps. Never wring or twist the cone vigorously; this destroys the cone geometry and renders the body unusable. Gently squeeze, let it soak, squeeze again, rinse. After cleaning, let the cone dry upright or lying down — never store it pressed or under pressure, as the tip can otherwise deform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor storage, we recommend keeping the cones separated by hardness level — similar to the recommendation for cylinders and exterior pads. A labeled box for each hardness level prevents confusion and allows for a quick inventory of the cone stock. In daily workshop life, there is no time to check individual cones for their color coding if product residues have covered the color. Proper storage saves daily effort and prevents the use of the wrong hardness level on sensitive surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 140 Polishing Cone in comparison — cone vs. cylinder, flat pad, and manual alternatives\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFLEX FS 140 system\u003c\/a\u003e, cones and cylinders are designed as complementary insert bodies — not competitors, but partners for different geometries. The decision between the two is not a question of quality, but of the task: cylinders for all flat, accessible upholstery areas, cones for all detail and recess areas. Anyone who keeps both insert bodies in all three hardness levels has the complete FS 140 interior system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to manual alternatives, the polishing cone has clear advantages in terms of uniformity and endurance. An experienced detailer with a hand applicator can also reach tight areas — but with varying pressure, varying speed, and increasing fatigue effect during long work sessions. The FS 140 Polishing Cone delivers constant eccentric movement and constant pressure throughout the entire processing time. For businesses with high vehicle throughput, this consistency factor is not just a quality issue, but also an economic decision: Less rework on unevenly treated areas means less time per vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to flat pads for exterior paint machines, the application range of the FS 140 Polishing Cone is fundamentally different. Flat pads are designed for paint correction, the cone for soft interior materials. Using the cone body on paint surfaces would not only be ineffective — the soft foam geometry has no cutting power on clear coat — but would also damage the cone and, in case of accidental intensive use, contaminate the paint surface. The FS 140 Polishing Cone is an interior tool optimized for its application area and is clearly superior to universal solutions there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a direct comparison with a hand-held detail foam applicator, machine cone application shows its advantage particularly in multi-layer applications: If several care passes are necessary on severely dried-out leather to fully restore moisture and suppleness, the first pass with the cone only takes minutes, where manually 20–30 minutes would be required for the same area. The increase in efficiency per vehicle is considerable for intensive interior detailing — especially when the work needs to be done on seats with deeply profiled sides and complex headrest geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX FS 140 Polishing Cone — stocking strategy and combination with the polishing cylinder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 140 Polishing Cone is the logical complementary accessory for anyone already using the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/flex-fs-140-polier-zylinder-ve5\"\u003ePolishing Cylinder\u003c\/a\u003e. Anyone who only keeps the cylinder will work manually again in detail areas — thus giving up the efficiency and uniformity advantages of the FS 140 system in precisely the areas where it is most difficult to achieve manually. Cone and cylinder together form the complete FS 140 interior system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommendation for initial stocking: All three hardness levels in one VE5 pack each — so 15 cones in total. This full stock allows for direct use for any material and any task, without having to wait for reorders. The medium purple cone is the most needed and should be used up fastest in practice — anyone who only wants to test one hardness level starts with purple and supplements as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a high proportion of premium vehicles — sports cars, luxury SUVs, vehicles with semi-aniline or Nappa leather — we recommend keeping double the quantity of the soft orange cone in stock. This vehicle category has the most sensitive interiors and the most complex upholstery geometries — both factors for which the soft cone is most frequently needed. An empty stock of soft cones precisely when a high-price order comes in is an avoidable risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combination of FS 140 Polishing Cone VE5 and FS 140 Polishing Cylinder VE5 in all three hardness levels represents the complete machine interior polishing system, which is equipped for almost any professional application. Anyone who keeps these six packs (three cylinder VE5 + three cone VE5) in stock is equipped for the entire interior preparation season without bottlenecks — a clear competitive advantage over workshops that have to wait for individual orders every time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"Green — Hard \"517798\" (PU5)","offer_id":57377618592079,"sku":"D1-FLEX-517798","price":29.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple — Medium \"517801\" (PU5)","offer_id":57377618624847,"sku":"D1-FLEX-517801","price":29.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Orange — Soft \"517828\" (PU5)","offer_id":57377618657615,"sku":"D1-FLEX-517828","price":29.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-fs-140-polier-kegel-ve5-gruen-hart-517798-ve5-517798.png?v=1775059078"},{"product_id":"zvizzer-thermo-trapez-pad-ultra-hard-blau-thermo-schaumpad","title":"Thermo Trapez Pad \"Ultra Hard\" thermo foam pad (Blue)","description":"\u003ch2 id=\"speakable-headline\"\u003eMaximaler Abtrag mit dem härtesten Pad im System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote id=\"speakable-summary\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWas ist das ZviZZer Thermo Trapez Pad Ultra Hard? Ein trapezförmiges Polierpad aus Open-Cell-Thermoschaum mit Klett-Aufnahme, in der härtesten Stufe Blau. Es liefert den höchsten Abtrag der fünf Härtegrade und ist für die schwere Lackkorrektur mit einer groben Schleifpolitur gedacht. Es ist kein Finish-Pad und kein Applikator für Wachs.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp id=\"speakable-definition\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDas ZviZZer Thermo Trapez Pad Ultra Hard\u003c\/strong\u003e ist ein trapezförmiges \u003cstrong\u003ePolierpad\u003c\/strong\u003e von ZviZZer aus Open-Cell-Thermoschaum, das per Klett auf den Stützteller der Poliermaschine kommt. Die Farbe Blau markiert die härteste der fünf Stufen und damit den höchsten Cut. Der Thermoschaum leitet die Reibungswärme ab, bleibt formstabil und hält seine Schleifkraft über die ganze Politur konstant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHärtestufe 1 von 5 für den höchsten Abtrag.\u003c\/strong\u003e Blau ist im ZviZZer-System das härteste von fünf Pads und trägt am aggressivsten ab. Es ist auf die gröbste Politur PC 5000 Pre Cut abgestimmt und holt tiefe Kratzer und Schleifspuren aus dem Klarlack, für die ein mittleres Pad zu wenig Biss hat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-Cell-Thermoschaum statt weich werdender Standardschaum.\u003c\/strong\u003e Der Thermoschaum leitet rund 80 Prozent der Reibungswärme ab, wo herkömmlicher Schaum nur etwa 20 Prozent abführt und unter Hitze bis zu 85 Prozent seiner Härte verliert. So bleibt der Cut konstant und das Pad hält ein Vielfaches länger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFünf Größen von Ø 50 bis 165 mm mit Klett-Aufnahme.\u003c\/strong\u003e Vom kleinen 50-mm-Pad für enge Konturen bis zum 165-mm-Pad für ganze Hauben deckst du jede Fläche ab. Die Klett-Rückseite sitzt auf jedem passenden Stützteller und ist in Sekunden gewechselt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePraxistipp von Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der häufigste Fehler mit einem harten Pad ist zu viel Anpressdruck. Wer das Ultra Hard mit Gewalt auf den Lack presst, staucht den Schaum, erzeugt Hitze und holografiert den Klarlack, statt ihn sauber zu schneiden. Lass das Gewicht der Maschine arbeiten und führe nur. Genauso wichtig ist das Reinigen während der Arbeit. An einer verkratzten schwarzen Motorhaube setzte sich unser Pad nach zwei Bahnen mit Polierstaub zu und schmierte nur noch, bis wir es ausgeklopft hatten.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKlett aufsetzen Politur dünn auftragen mit Druck führen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDas Ultra Hard drückst du mittig auf den Klett-Stützteller, gibst eine kleine Menge Schleifpolitur auf, verteilst sie bei niedriger Drehzahl und arbeitest sie dann mit mittlerem Druck aus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrage die Politur erbsengroß bis haselnussgroß auf und tupfe sie bei stehender Maschine auf die Fläche, damit nichts wegspritzt. Verteile sie bei etwa 1.000 Umdrehungen und steigere dann auf bis zu 1.800 Umdrehungen, bis der Polierfilm klar wird. Arbeite in Abschnitten von rund 40 mal 40 Zentimetern und halte das Pad flach auf dem Lack, nicht über die Kante gekippt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDas Ultra Hard ist farblich auf die \u003ca href=\"\/products\/zvizzer-pc-5000-pre-cut-blau-schleifpolitur\"\u003ePC 5000 Pre Cut\u003c\/a\u003e abgestimmt, die beiden bilden die gröbste Korrekturstufe. Klopfe das Pad nach zwei bis drei Abschnitten aus oder bürste es ab, ein zugesetztes Pad schneidet nicht mehr. An einem verwitterten 2026er-Lack brauchten wir mit der harten Kombination eine Bahn, wo ein mittleres Pad zwei Durchgänge ohne sichtbaren Fortschritt lief.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSchwere Korrektur ja Finish und Wachs nein\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDas Ultra Hard ist für die schwere Lackkorrektur gemacht und hinterlässt bauartbedingt ein feines Schleifbild, das du danach mit weicheren Pads herauspolieren musst, bevor der Lack spiegelt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeine Stärke ist der Anfangsabtrag: tiefe Kratzer, starke Hologramme und Schleifspuren nach einem Nassschliff, die echten Biss verlangen. Als härtestes Pad der Serie schneidet es dort, wo ein Medium- oder Soft-Pad nur poliert, ohne den Defekt zu erreichen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDie Grenzen sind ehrlich. Ein hartes Pad ist nichts für leichte Swirls auf gepflegtem Lack, dort trägst du unnötig Klarlack ab, ein Medium-Pad reicht. Es ist auch kein Finish-Pad und kein Applikator für Wachs oder Versiegelung, dafür ist es viel zu grob. Und es kostet Substanz: Jeder Schliff nimmt etwas vom rund 40 bis 50 Mikrometer dünnen Klarlack, auf Kanten und dünnem Lack ist Vorsicht Pflicht.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBei der Pad-Wahl gilt die Wenn-dann-Logik. Wenn du tiefe Defekte und maximalen Abtrag brauchst, dann das Ultra Hard mit grober Politur. Wenn weniger Cut und mehr Finish gefragt ist, dann ein weicheres \u003ca href=\"\/products\/zvizzer-thermo-trapez-pad-hard-rot-thermo-schaumpad\"\u003eHard-Pad in Rot\u003c\/a\u003e mit der nächstfeineren Politur und danach Schritt für Schritt weicher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFür die schwere Korrektur nicht für die schnelle Auffrischung\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDas Ultra Hard lohnt sich für alle, die stark verkratzten oder verwitterten Lack wirklich korrigieren wollen und danach bereit sind, in feineren Stufen weiterzuarbeiten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeil die Schleifkraft über die Pad-Härte mitgesteuert wird, ist das blaue Pad der Startpunkt eines abgestuften Systems: Du beginnst hart und grob und gehst über Rot, Orange und Gelb bis Grün immer feiner. Die fünf Größen von Ø 50 bis 165 mm deckst du nach Fläche ab, große Pads für Hauben und Dächer, kleine für Spiegel, Stoßstangen und enge Konturen. Das passende Pad findest du in unseren \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polierpads-schleifschwamme\"\u003ePolierpads und Schleifschwämmen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeniger geeignet ist das Ultra Hard für Einsteiger, die ihr erstes Mal an einem gepflegten Daily-Driver polieren. Dort ist die Kombination aus härtestem Pad und gröbster Politur zu scharf, ein Medium-Pad verzeiht mehr und reicht für Gebrauchsspuren völlig aus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDer eine Punkt, den die meisten unterschätzen: Ein Thermo-Pad lebt von der Pflege während der Arbeit, nicht erst danach. Wer es alle paar Minuten ausklopft und nach dem Polieren auswäscht und liegend lufttrocknen lässt, statt es feucht zusammenzuknüllen, behält über viele Aufbereitungen denselben konstanten Cut, statt schon nach einem Auto ein verklebtes Pad in der Hand zu haben.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZviZZer","offers":[{"title":"Ø 50\/20\/35 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580178767,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00005020PC","price":4.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 70\/20\/55 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580211535,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00007020PC","price":5.46,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 90\/20\/75 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580244303,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00009020PC","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 140\/20\/125 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580277071,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00014020PC","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 165\/20\/150 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580309839,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00016520PC","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 50\/20\/35 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882154139983,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00005020PC_10","price":48.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 50\/20\/35 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882154172751,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00005020PC_50","price":244.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 70\/20\/55 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882154205519,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00007020PC_10","price":54.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 70\/20\/55 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882154238287,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00007020PC_50","price":273.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 90\/20\/75 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882154271055,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00009020PC_10","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 90\/20\/75 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882154303823,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00009020PC_50","price":299.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 140\/20\/125 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882154336591,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00014020PC_10","price":119.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 140\/20\/125 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882154369359,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00014020PC_50","price":599.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 165\/20\/150 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882154402127,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00016520PC_10","price":159.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 165\/20\/150 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882154434895,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00016520PC_50","price":799.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/zvizzer-thermo-trapez-pad-ultra-hard-blau-thermo-schaumpad_50-20-35-mm.png?v=1780776699"},{"product_id":"zvizzer-thermo-trapez-pad-hard-rot-thermo-schaumpad","title":"Thermo Trapez Pad \"Hard\" thermo foam pad (Red)","description":"\u003ch2 id=\"speakable-headline\"\u003eTiefe Kratzer auspolieren mit dem harten roten Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote id=\"speakable-summary\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWas ist das ZviZZer Thermo Trapez Pad Hard? Ein hartes, trapezförmiges Polierpad aus offenzelligem Thermo-Schaum mit Klett-Aufnahme, im fünfstufigen Farbsystem als Rot markiert. Es liefert kräftigen Cut für tiefe Kratzer und verwitterten Lack. Kein Finish-Pad und nicht für den Wachsauftrag oder sehr weiche Klarlacke.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp id=\"speakable-definition\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDas ZviZZer Thermo Trapez Pad Hard\u003c\/strong\u003e ist ein hartes \u003cstrong\u003ePolierpad\u003c\/strong\u003e von ZviZZer aus offenzelligem Thermo-Schaum, im fünfstufigen Farbsystem als Rot eingestuft. Der Schaum wird vor der Fertigung thermisch begast und vakuumiert, sodass die Zellmembranen herausgesprengt werden und das Pad Hitze besser abführt. So bleibt die Härte unter Last stabil und die rote Stufe trägt kräftig ab, statt unter Reibungswärme weich zu werden und den Cut zu verlieren.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHärtegrad Hard für die Schwerkorrektur.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rot ist die zweithärteste der fünf Stufen und gibt den nötigen Druck auf tiefe Kratzer und stark verwitterten Lack, den ein weiches Pad nie aufbaut. In Kombination mit einer kräftigen Cut-Politur arbeitest du eine Fahrzeugseite in einem Korrekturgang durch, statt zweimal nachzusetzen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThermo-Schaum hält 5- bis 7-mal länger.\u003c\/strong\u003e Der vakuumierte Open-Cell-Schaum führt Wärme ab und behält Struktur und Härte auch nach langen Polierbahnen. Konventioneller Schaum wird unter Hitze weich und verliert seinen Cut nach wenigen Minuten — das Thermo-Pad übersteht ein Vielfaches an Einsätzen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFünf Größen für jede Fläche.\u003c\/strong\u003e Von Ø 50 bis Ø 165 Millimeter deckst du große Hauben ebenso ab wie Stoßstangen, Schweller und enge Radien. Die Trapezform verjüngt sich nach oben und hält an Sicken und Kanten den Druck punktgenau, wo ein flaches Pad aufschwimmt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePraxistipp von Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aus unserer Praxis ist der häufigste Fehler das falsche Pad zur Politur. Wer ein hartes rotes Pad mit einer Finish-Politur kombiniert oder ein weiches Pad zum Cut zwingt, erzeugt Reibungswärme ohne Abtrag — der Lack wird heiß und es bleiben Hologramme statt Korrektur. Halte die Farbe von Pad und Politur in derselben Stufe, also rotes Hard-Pad zur roten Cut-Politur. Und wähle den Stützteller 5 bis 10 Millimeter kleiner als das Pad, sonst reißt die Kante ein.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAufkletten Politur dosieren Fläche in Bahnen abfahren\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDas Thermo Trapez Pad Hard klettest du mittig auf den Stützteller, gibst die Cut-Politur direkt aufs Pad und arbeitest die Fläche in Bahnen von etwa 40 mal 40 Zentimetern ab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoraussetzung ist ein sauberer Untergrund: gewaschen, dekontaminiert, abgeklebt. Reste von Teer oder Flugrost setzen sich sonst ins offenzellige Pad und ziehen neue Kratzer. Als kräftige Cut-Politur passt farblich die \u003ca href=\"\/products\/zvizzer-hc-4000-heavy-cut-rot-schleifpolitur\"\u003eHC 4000 Heavy Cut\u003c\/a\u003e in Rot, die zur Härtestufe dieses Pads gehört.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDas Pad läuft auf Exzenter und Rotation. Halte es sauber: Nach zwei bis drei Bahnen den Polierstaub ausklopfen oder das Pad wechseln, denn ein zugesetztes Pad schmiert nur und baut keinen Cut mehr auf. Bei größeren Flächen greifst du zu Ø 140 oder Ø 165 Millimeter, an Stoßstangen und Spiegeln zu den kleinen 50- bis 90-Millimeter-Pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKräftiger Cut ja Finish und Wachs nein\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDas harte rote Pad ist für Abtrag gebaut. Es korrigiert tiefe Kratzer und verwitterten Lack, eignet sich aber nicht für die Finish-Stufe und nicht für den Wachsauftrag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSein Kerngebiet ist die Schwerkorrektur: harter, vernachlässigter Lack, in den du mit einer Cut-Politur den Glanz erst zurückholen musst. In unserer Praxis vor Ort in Nordhorn ist das rote Pad die Stufe, die wir an einer verwitterten Fronthaube ansetzen, bevor überhaupt an Finish zu denken ist. Mit Cut-Politur bleibt danach ein leichter Schleier — das ist gewollt und wird nachpoliert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDie Grenzen sind klar. Wenn tiefe Kratzer und harter Lack, dann das Hard-Pad in Rot mit einer Cut-Politur. Wenn nur leichte Swirls und Hologramme, dann eine Stufe weicher mit dem \u003ca href=\"\/products\/zvizzer-thermo-trapez-pad-medium-orange-thermo-schaumpad\"\u003eMedium-Pad in Orange\u003c\/a\u003e, das weniger abträgt. Auf sehr weichen japanischen Klarlacken setzt das harte Pad mit Cut-Politur schnell tiefe Hologramme — dort startest du eine Stufe milder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFür den Korrektur-Aufbereiter nicht für die Schnellpflege\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDas Thermo Trapez Pad Hard ist die richtige Wahl, wenn du echte Lackdefekte mit der Maschine entfernst und ein Pad willst, das unter Hitze hart bleibt und mehrere Aufbereitungen durchhält.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeniger geeignet ist es für die schnelle Wochenendpflege und für alles ab der Finish-Stufe — dafür sind die weicheren Farben gedacht. Wer regelmäßig korrigiert, denkt das Pad als System: Über das \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polierpads-schleifschwamme\"\u003ePolierpad-Sortiment\u003c\/a\u003e hinweg steuerst du die Schleifkraft über die Farbe, von Ultra Hard in Blau bis Ultra Soft in Grün, und hältst Pad und Politur immer in derselben Stufe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDer eine Punkt, den kaum jemand beachtet: Ein neues Pad nimmt in der ersten Bahn mehr Politur auf als später, weil der trockene Schaum sie aufsaugt. Gib darum zu Beginn eine Spur mehr und kontrolliere nach der ersten Fläche, sonst arbeitest du den Start trocken und wunderst dich über fehlenden Cut, wo nur das Pad noch nicht eingearbeitet war.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZviZZer","offers":[{"title":"Ø 50\/20\/35 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580342607,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00005020HC","price":4.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 70\/20\/55 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580375375,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00007020HC","price":5.46,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 90\/20\/75 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580408143,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00009020HC","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 140\/20\/125 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580440911,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00014020HC","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 165\/20\/150 mm \/ 1 Stück","offer_id":57867580473679,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00016520HC","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 50\/20\/35 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882132611407,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00005020HC_10","price":48.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 50\/20\/35 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882132644175,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00005020HC_50","price":244.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 70\/20\/55 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882132676943,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00007020HC_10","price":54.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 70\/20\/55 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882132709711,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00007020HC_50","price":273.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 90\/20\/75 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882132742479,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00009020HC_10","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 90\/20\/75 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882132775247,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00009020HC_50","price":299.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 140\/20\/125 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882132808015,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00014020HC_10","price":119.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 140\/20\/125 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882132840783,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00014020HC_50","price":599.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 165\/20\/150 mm \/ 10 Stück","offer_id":57882132873551,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00016520HC_10","price":159.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ø 165\/20\/150 mm \/ 50 Stück","offer_id":57882132906319,"sku":"D1-ZVIZZER-TTR00016520HC_50","price":799.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/zvizzer-thermo-trapez-pad-hard-rot-thermo-schaumpad_50-20-35-mm.png?v=1780776707"}],"url":"https:\/\/detiiling1.com\/collections\/polierpads-schleifschwamme.oembed","provider":"Detailing1","version":"1.0","type":"link"}